Document pmkK0KmzL4eqK7MkOQpL5V6Y7

Serial No. 31. 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator TAJ \^l WESTINGHOUSE ELECTRIC for U. S. Battleships BB-61 U.S.S. IOWA [fcwi BB-62 U.S.S. NEW JERSEYC^J BB-63 BB-64 BB-65 BB-66 U.S.S. MISSOURI _ (q) U.S.S. WISCONSIN U.S.S. ILLINOIS U.S.S. KENTUCKY NAVY CONTRACT NOs 70862 r" r Z C.Z f-- O CL. CJ5 LU O CD CD --r. hz c3 '..U O'J CO* fWESTINGHOUSE ORDER WG-31965-TP YEAR OF CONSTRUCTION 1942 lj: co -- 0> INSTRUCTION BOOK 6340 CD OO l-Lj UJ In the event that it becomes necessary to return any part oj this equipment to the South Philadelphia Works, it should be tagged with the Sender's name and address and the serial number of the unit. Shipments byfreight, express or parcel post should be addressed to: Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company South Philadelphia Works Printed in U.S.A. (6-43) Essington, Pa. SERIAL NUMBER ASSIGNMENT Vessel Unit No. U.S.S. Iowa ... ____ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Turbine Serial No. l-A-9179-1 l-A-9179-2 l-A-9179-3 l-A-9179-4 l-A-9179-5 l-A-9179-6 l-A-9179-7 l-A-9179-8 Generator* Serial No. 1-S-10P812 2-S-10P812 3-S-10P812 4-S-10P812 5-S-10P812 6-S-10P812 7-S-10P812 8-S-10P812 Exciter* Serial No. 1-S-10P815 2-S-10P815 3-S-10P815 4-S-10P815 5-S-10P815 6-S-10P815 7-S-10P815 8-S-10P815 U.S.S. New Jersey . 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 l-A-9179-9 l-A-9179-10 l-A-9179-11 l-A-9179-12 l-A-9179-13 1-A-9179-14 l-A-9179-15 I-a-9179-16 1 l-A-9179-17 2 l-A-9179-18 3 l-A-9179-19 U.S.S. Missouri 4 l-A-9179-20 5 l-A-9179-21 6 l-A-9179-22 7 l-A-9179-23 8 l-A-9179-24 U.S.S. Wisconsin .. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 l-A-9179-25 l-A-9179-26 l-A-9179-27 l-A-9179-28 l-A-9179-29 l-A-9179-30 l-A-9179-31 l-A-9179-32 1 2-A-7899-1 2 2-A-7899-2 3 2-A-7899-3 U.S.S. Illinois 4 2-A-7899-4 5 2-A-7899-5 6 2-A-7899-6 7 2-A-7899-7 8 2-A-7899-8 U.S.S. Kentucky ... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2-A-7899-9 2-A-7899-10 2-A-7399-H 2-A-7899-12 2-A-7899-13 2-A-7899-14 2-A-7899-15 2-A-7899-16 * The symbol "S" in generator and exciter serials stands for "Stator." Rotors have corresponding numbers with "R" in place of "S". Serial Assignments for BB-62 to 66 inclusive were unknown at date of publica tion. . 2 l / VALVE SETTINGS (Clearance between Valve-Lifting Bar and Valve Stem Adjusting Nuts) BB-___ U.S.S. TURBINE SERIAL NUMBER l-A-9179-___ _____________________________VALVE NUMBER___________________ No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ l-A-9179-___ l-A-9179-___ l-A-9179-___ l-A-9179- l-A-9179- l-A-9179- l-A-9179- 2-A-78992-A-78992-A-78992-A-7899-___ 2-A-78992-A-78992-A-78992-A-7899- 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page DRAWING LIST............................................................................................. 12-15 A-C. Generator.................................................................................. 14 D-C. Exciter....................................................................................... 14 Generator Air Cooler.................................................................... 15 Resistors and Rheostats .......................................................... 14 Voltage Regulator ........................................................................ 14 Turbine and Reduction Gear.......................................................12-14 GENERAL INDEX ....................................................................................... 7 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.................................................................... 6 SERIAL NUMBER ASSIGNMENT . . . ................................................. 2 VALVE SETTINGS....................................................................................... 5 Part I TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR..................................................... 101-130 General Description............................ 101 Turbine and Reduction Gear Characteristics . . . 101 Description of Turbine and Gear........................................102 Description of Safety Devices ....................................... 120 Instructions for Installation ........................................... 121 Instructions for Operation .................................................... 125 Instructions for Care and Maintenance............................. 128 Illustrations (See Part. VI).......................................T-l to T-33 Performance Data (See Part IV)....................................... 401-404 Spare Parts (BB6l and BB62) (See Part V) . . . .515-522 Spare Parts (BB63 to BB66) (See Part V) ... -523-530 Parts Lists (See Part VI, Illustrations) .... ... Part II 1250-KW. (1562-KV-A.) A-C. GENERATOR AND EXCITER .201-228 Description of 1250-Kw. A-C. Generator ........................ 201 Installation of A-C. Generator................................................206 Care of A-C. Generator.................................................................... 207 Generator Air Cooler.........................................................................211 Description of D-C. Exciter......................................................213 Installation of D-C. Exciter.................................................... 217 Care of D-C. Exciter.........................................................................218 Dismantling A-C. Generator andExciter ........................... 225 Switchboard Temperature Indicator .................................. 226 Illustrations (See Part VI)..................................G-l to G-6 Performance Data (See Part IV)........................................405-414 Spare Parts (See Part V)......................................................501-505 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page Part III TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR ................... 301-312 Description of Voltage Regulating Equipment . . Principle of Voltage Regulator Operation . . . Description of Voltage Regulator Action .... Placing Voltage Regulator in Operation................... Adjustment of Voltage Regulating Equipment. . . 301 303 304 306 308 Illustrations (See Part VI) ....... . .R-l to R-4 Performance (See Part IV)................................................ ... Spare Parts (See Part V)..................................................... 509-514 Part IV PERFORMANCE DATA AND TESTS ................................................ 401-414 Turbine........................................................................................... 401 Steam Conditions.............................................................. 401 Preliminary Factory Test Report ............................. 403-404 A-C. Generator ........................................................................ 405-409 Test Data.................................................................................. 405-408 Performance Curves .......................................................... 409 D-C. Exciter ............................................................................. 410-414 Test, Data..................................................................................... 410-412 Performance Curves .......................................................... 413-414 Part V SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS ............................................................... 501-530 A-C. Generator (BB6l to BB64 only) ........................ 501-502 A-C. Generator (BB65 and BB66 only) ........................ 503-504 D-C. Exciter (BB6l to BB66)........................................... 505 Generator Air Cooler (BB6l to BB66) ........................ 507 Type "BN-2" Voltage Regulator (BB6l to BB66). . 509-514 Turbine and Reduction Gear (BB6l and 62 only) . 515-522 Turbine and Reduction Gear (BB63 to 66 pnly). . 523-530 Part VI ILLUSTRATIONS, DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS ........................ ... Turbine, Reduction Gear and Auxiliaries . . T-l to T-33 A-C. Generator and D-C. Exciter........................ G-l to G-6 Automatic Voltage Regulator .................................. R-l to R-4 For Detailed Titles See List of Illustrations . 6 5 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Title Figure TURBINE, REDUCTION GEAR, AUXILIARIES, EXTRACTION AND PERFORMANCE CURVES, ETC. Outline of Turbine, Gear and Generator.................... Longitudinal Section Through Turbine and Pinion. Cylinder Relief Valve and Phrts List ........................ Curtis and Rateau Blading and Parts List .... Labyrinth Seal Strips............................................................... Turbine and Pinion Bearings............................................ Carbon Gland Case and Parts List.................................. Gland and Drain Piping Diagram....................................... Turbine Thrust Bearing and Parts List.................... Rotor Position Indicator and Parts List .... T-l T-2 T-3 T-4 T-5 T-6 T-7 T-8 T-9 T-10 Turbine and Gear Coupling.................................................... Throttle Valve and Parts List....................................... Steam Chest, Linkage and Parts List........................ Governor and Parts List......................................................... Governor (Plan View) and Parts List ......................... Valve Setting Fixture.............................................................. Reduction Gear............................................................................. Gear Bearings............................................................................. Oil System Diagram.................................................................... Oil Line Relief Valve and Parts List, Oil Cooler By-Pass Valve and Parts List...................................... T-ll T-12 T-13 T-14 T-15 T-16 T-17 T-18 T-19 T-20 Auxiliary Oil Pump and Parts List............................. Oil Strainer and Parts List . . ............................. Oil Cooler and Parts List.................................................... Overspeed Trip Mechanism (Auto-Stop) and Back Pressure Safety Trip and Parts List .... Low Oil Pressure Alarm Contact-Maker and Parts . T-21 T-22 T-23 T-24 T-25 Rotor Clearance Diagram ..................................................... Bridge Gages and Parts List............................................ Rotor Lifting Gear and Guides....................................... Rotor Lifting Device for Removing Bearing Shells Tools and Wrenches and Identification List . . . Cylinder Joint Sealing Arrangement ............................. Extraction Curve......................................................................... Performance Curve .................................................................... T-26 T--27 T-28 T-29 T-30 T-31 T-32 T-33 A-C. GENERATOR AND D-C. EXCITER Assembly of A-C. Generator and Exciter.................... G-l Generator Air Cooler Assembly ................................................. G-2 Field Rheostat for 1250-Kw. A-C. Generator (For BB61 to BB64 only)............................................ G-3 (For BB65 and BB66 only)............................................ G-4 Field Rheostat for 16-Kw. D-C. Exciter.................... G-5 Temperature Indicating Equipment ... .................... G-6 TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR Schematic Diagram of Voltage Regulator .................... Voltage Regulator Control Element ............................. Voltage Regulator Uniform Specification .... Pictorial View of Voltage Regulator Control Element Adjustment Details ......... R-l R-2 R-3 R-4 6 GENERAL INDEX Description Page Part I TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR.....................................................101-128 Alignment of Pinion and Gear............................................ Alignment of Unit........................................................................ Back Pressure Safety Stop................................................ Bearings, Journal ................................................................... Bearing, Thrust............................................................................. 118 121 120 103 106 Blading, Curtis ........................................................................ Blading, Rateau ........................................................................ Bridge Gages .................................................................................. Characteristics............................................................................. Clearances, Rotor........................................................................ 102 103 127 101 126 Coupling........................................................................................... Curtis Wheel Chamber Labyrinth Seal............................. Cylinder........................................................................................... Cylinder-Joint Sealing Grooves ....................................... Description of Turbine and Gear....................................... 108 103 102 127 102 Drain, Gland and Steam Piping........................................... Drawing List.................................................................................. Extraction....................................................................................... Gear Bearings............................................................................. General Description................................................................... 106 ' 12 117 117 102 Glands................................................................................................ Gland, Drain and Steam Piping ....................................... Governor........................................................................................... Governor, Disassembly, Reassembly and Adjustment Inspection...................................................................................... 104 106 109 113 126 Installation .................................................................................. Lifting Gear and Guides (Rotor)....................................... Lifting Device for Removing Bearings, Rotor. . . List of Illustrations............................................................... Low Oil Pressure Alarm Contact-Maker ........................ 121 127 127 6 121 Lubricating Oil............................................................................. Maintenance...................................................................................... Oil Cooler...................................................................................... Oil Pump, Main............................................................................. Oil Pump, Auxiliary................................................................... 120 126 120 118 119 Oil Seal Rings............................................................................. Oil Strainer.................................................................................. Oil System...................................................................................... Operation................... .......................................................... Overspeed Trip and Back-Pressure Safety Stop . . 104 119 118 123 120 Performance Data........................................................................ Pipe Connections........................................................................ Precautions...................................................................................... Reduction Gear............................................................................. Repair Parts .................................................................................. 401 122 124 117 128 7 GENERAL INDEX Description Part I Page TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR - Continued....................101-128 Rotor Clearances........................................................................ Rotor Position Indicator..................................................... Safety Devices ........................................................................ Serial Number Assignment..................................................... Setting of Turbine Rotor..................................................... 126 108 120 2 121 Speed Changer............................................................................. Steam Chest and Governor, Speed Changer .... Steam Chest Valve Setting . Steam, Gland and Drain Piping....................................... Tests (Performance Data)................................................ 112 109 3 106 401 Testing of Safety Devices ................................................ Throttle Valve............................................................................. To Start............................................................................................ To Parallel.................................................................................. To Shut Down.............................................................................. 122 108 123 124 124 Valve Settings........................................................................ Weights............................................................................................ Wrenches and Tools................................................................... 3 126 12"" Part II A-C. GENERATOR, D-C. GENERATOR (EXCITER) AND AIR COOLER............................................................................. 201-228 A-C. Generator Description................................................ Adjustment of Air Gap..................................................... Armature (Stator) Winding ............................................ Bearings. .................................................................................. Brush Pit.................................................................................. Brush Rigging ........................................................................ 201 207 202 203 207 204 Care of A-C. Generator..................................................... Brushes.................................................................................. Causes of Insufficient Voltage............................. Collector Rings and Brushes ............................. . Excitation............................................................................. General Rules .................................................................... Insufficient Voltage, Causes of ........................ Phase Sequence................................................................ Renewal Parts ..................................................... .... - 207 209 208 209 209 207 208 208 210 Collector Rings .................................................................... Core................................................................................................ Drying Out.................................................................................. Efficiency, Generator Test........................................... Field Poles............................................................................. Field (Rotor) Winding..................................................... Frame and End Bells.......................................................... Generator Classification ............................................ Generator Name Plate Data............................................ Generator Test Efficiency ............................................ 204 202 206 . 201 203 203 202 201 201 201 8 GENERAL INDEX Description Part II Page A-C. GENERATOR, D-C. GENERATOR (EXCITER) AND AIR COOLER - Continued.. ............................................ 201-228 A-C. Generator Description - Continued .................... Handling....................................................................................... Installation of A-C. Generator.................................. Insulation Resistance . ................................................ Mechanical Rotation .......................................................... Name Plate Data................................................................... Parallel Operation ............................................................... Phase Unbalance........................................................................ Phase Rotation..........................................................i . . 201 206 206 207 204 201 205 205 204 Rating........................................................................................... Regulation, Voltage....................................... . . . . Resistance, Insulation................................................ , . Rings, Collector ................................................................... Rotation, Mechanical .......................................................... Rotation, Phase........................................................................ 201 204 207 204 204 204 Rotor (Field) Winding.......................................................... Short-Circuit Currents .................................................. Spider and Shaft................................................................... Stator (Armature) Winding................................. 203 205 203 202 Tabulation of Winding .................................................. Temperature.................................................................................. Terminals...................................................................................... Winding, Rotor .'................................................................... Winding, Stator..................... .................................................. Winding Tabulation .............................................................. Voltage Regulation .............................................................. 202 . 204 202 203 202 202 204 D-C. GENERATOR (EXCITER)DESCRIPTION-........................... Armature Core............................................................................. Armature Winding................................................................... Bearing........................................................................................... Brush Rigging............................................................................. 213 215 215 216 215 Care of D-C. Generator(Exciter)................................ 218 Armature................................................................... . . . 224 Brushes...................................................................................... 221 Brush Fit................................................................................. 218 Brushes, Staggering.............................................................218,220 Brush Position................................................................... 218 Bucking...................................................................................... 223 Causes for Insufficient Voltage............................. 219 Cleanliness............................................................................ 223 Commutator............................................................................ 221 Drying Out............................................................................ Excitation............................................................................. General Rules........................................................................ Handling.................................................................................. Heating of Armature.......................................................... Heating of Commutator..................................................... Heating of Field Coils ................................................ Installation of D-C.Generator................................ 9 217 219 218 217 223 223 222 217 GENERAL INDEX Description Part II Page A-C. GENERATOR, D-O. GENERATOR (EXCITER) AND AIR COOLER - Continued ......................... .................... 201-228 D-C. GENERATOR (EXCITER) DESCRIPTION - Continued 213 Care of D-C. Generator (Exciter) - Continued . 218 Insufficient Voltage, Causes of............................ 219 Insulation, Repairs to ................................................. 223 Insulation Test.................................................................... 217 Renewal Parts, Ordering of ..................................... 224 Repairs to Insulation................................................... 223 Reversing Polarity .......................................................... 219 Sparking of the Brushes. ............................................ 222 Staggering of Brushes........................................................ 218,220 Commutator Poles .................................................................... Commutator.................................................................................. Frame................................................................................................. Field Windings........................................................................ Generator Classification ............................................... Generator Rating .................................................................. Generator Test Efficiency............................................... Main Poles................................................................................. Name Plate Data........................................................................ Parallel Operation ............................................................... Poles, Main and Commutating. .. . '........................ 214 214 213 214 213 213 213 214 213 205 2l4 Rating............................................................................................ Regulation, Voltage............................................................... Rotation....................................................................................... Shaft................................................................................................. Temperature.................................................................................. Terminals....................................................................................... Voltage Regulation............................................................... GENERATOR AIR COOLER................................................................... 213 216 216 216 216 213 216 211 INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISMANTLING GENERATORS........................ 225 SWITCHBOARD TEMPERATURE INDICATOR....................................... 226 Part III TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR........................ 301-312 ADJUSTMENT OF VOLTAGE REGULATING EQUIPMENT . . . 308-312 Anti-Hunting Device. .......................................................... 309 Control Element, Internal Adjustment .................... 308 Field Forcing-Up and Fiela-Reducing Resistor Setting........................................................................ 310 Motor-Operated Main Field Rheostat ........................ 310 Quick-Response Contactors "QR" and "QL". . . . Potential Transformer and Rectifier Circuits . Reactance Compensator................................................ 311 Rheostat Motor Control Relays............................. 310 Voltage Adjusting Rheostat ............................................ 310 308 308 10 GENERAL INDEX Description Part III Page TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR - Cont'd. 501-312 DESCRIPTION OF VOLTAGE REGULATOR ACTION.......................304-305 Heavy-Load Corrective Action ....................................... 305 Normal Corrective Action ................................................ 304 DESCRIPTION OF VOLTAGE REGULATING EQUIPMENT. . . Compensator.................................................................................. Control Switches ................................................................... Indicating Lamps ................................................................... General........................................................................................... 301-303 303 302 303 301 Main Control Element.......................................................... Motor-Operated Generator Field Rheostat and Contactor Panel ............................................................... Potential Transformer.......................................................... Rectox-Rectifier Unit.......................................................... Voltage Adjusting Rheostat ........................................... 303 302 301 302 302 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS.................................................... Installation, Purpose, Storage, Unpacking. . . 301 301 PLACING VOLTAGE REGULATOR IN OPERATION .................... 306-308 Cross-Current Compensation ........................................... 307 First Time in Control.......................................................... 306 Manual Control ........................................................................ 307 Taking Regulator Out of Control.................................. 307 PRINCIPLE OF VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATION .... 303 SPARE PARTS..........................................................................................509-514 Part IV PERFORMANCE DATA AND TESTS ..................................................... 401-414 A-C. Generator (Factory Test Record) ........................ 405-409 Performance Curves....................... 409 Exciter (Factory Test Record)...............................................410-414 Performance Curves ............................................................... 413-414 Turbine Test Data........................................................................ 401-404 Operation Performance.......................................................... 401-404 Parallel Operation ............................................................... 404 Steam Conditions................................................................... 401 A-C. Jump Tests........................................................................ 404 Load-Temperature Test.......................................................... 403 Parallel Tests ........................................................................ 404 Part V SPARE PARTS LISTS............................................................................. 501-530 A-C. Generator ............................................................................. 501-504 Exciter................................................................................................ 505 * 1 Generator Air Cooler............................................................... 507-508 ' Turbine and Reduction Gear ................................................. 515-550 Voltage Regulator........................................................................ 509-514 11 DRAWING LIST DRAWING TITLE WESTINGHOUSE BUREAU OF SHIPS' Drawing No. Type "D" Numbers TURBINE AND GEAR Turbine Assembly .................................................................. 25-J-501 Gear Assembly ......................................................................... 25-J-502 Assembly of Auto-Stop and Back-Pressure Safety Stop ............................................................................... 25-J-503 Auto-Stop Governor Details and Bill . . . 25-J-504 Back-Pressure Safety Stop Details and Bill . 25-J-505 BB61-S61-02 03 04 05 06 Bearing Housing a.nd Oil Ring Details and Bill 25-J-506 Bearing (Turbine Pinion and Gea.r Shaft) Deta.ils and Bill.......................................................... 25-J-507 Bearing (Thrust) Details and Bill .... 25-J-508 Bed Pla.te Details a,nd Bill ' (For BB-6l To BB-64 Incl.) ..................................... 25-J-509 Bed Plate Details and Bill (For BB-65 and BB-66 Only) ...... 25-J-572 07 08 09 010 011 Bla.ding (Curtis) Details, Assembly and Bill . 25-J-510 Blading (Curtis) Baffle Details, Assembly and Bill.................................................25-J-5H Blading (Curtis) Stages 1 to 8 Incl. Details and Bill.................................................25-J-512 Blading (Curtis) Assembly, Shroud and - Seal Strip Machining ................................................... 25-J-513 Bridge Gage, Details and Bill ............................. 012 013 014 015 016 Coupling Details, Assembly and Bill . . . 25-J-518 Cylinder Base (H.P. End) Details and Bill . 25-J-519 Cylinder Base (L.P. End) Details and Bill . 25-J-520 Cylinder Cover (H.P. End) Details and Bill . 25-J-521 Cylinder Cover (L.P. End) Deta.ils a.nd Bill . 25-J-522 020 021 022 023 024 Gages, Boa.rd and Piping Deta.ils. Assembly and Bill................................................ 25-J-523 Gear Housing Base Casting .................................... . 25-J-524 Gear Housing Base Details andBill .... 25-J-525 Gea.r Housing Cover and Name Plate, Details and Bill................................................ 25-J-526 Governor and Speed-Changer Assembly . . . 25-J-485 Governor Housing Details and Bill .... 25-J-486 Governor Details and Bill Sheet No. 1 . . 25-J-487 Governor Details and Bill Sheet No. 2 . . 25-J-488 Governor Details and Bill Sheet No. 3 25-J-489 Governor Details andBill Sheet No. 4 . . 25-J-490 Insulation (Turbine and Throttle Valve) Details, Assembly and Bill ............................. 25-J-531 Low-Pressure Oil Alarm Contact-Maker Assembly and Bill.......................................................... 25-J-532 Master Drawing List .......................................................... 25-J-533 025 026 027 BB61-S61-028 * ______________ * * * * BB61-S61-052 033 01 Nozzle Block (Curtis Stage) Details, Assembly and Bill................................................25-J-534 Nozzle Diaphragm, Details, Assembly and Bill (1st Rateau Stage) ................................................... 25-J-535 (2nd Rateau Stage)..................................................... ' 25-J-536 (3rd Rateau Stage) ................................................... 25-J-537 035 036 037 BB61-S61-038 12 DRAWING LIST DRAWING TITLE WESTINGHOUSE BUREAU OP SHIPS' Drawing No. Type "D" Numbers TURBINE AND GEAR Nozzle Diaphragm, Details, Assembly and Bill (4th Rateau Stage) ........................................... (5th Rateau Stage) ............................................ (6th Rateau Stage) ........................................... (7th Rateau Stage) ........................................... (8th Rateau Stage) ........................................... Oil Cooler Assembly and Bill . . . Oil Piping Assembly and Bill . . . Oil Piping Details and Bill . . Oil Pump (Main) Deta.ils and Bill . Oil Pump (Auxiliary - Hand-Operated) Deta,ils, Assembly and Bill . . . 25-J-538 25-J-539 25-J-540 25-J-541 25-J-542 25-J-266 25-J-543 25-J-544 25-J-545 25-J-546 BB6l^S6l-039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 043 Oil Strainer Assembly, Details and Bill, Sheet No. 1........................................................................ 25-J-576 Oil Strainer Details, Sheet No. 2 . . . . 25-J-577 Outline (Turbine, Gear and Genera.tor) . . . 25-J-549 Pinion, Gear Wheel and Shaft, Deta.ils and Bill 25-J-550 049 050 051 052 Relief Valve Details and Bill (Exhaust Casing) .......................................................... Relief Valve (Oil Line) Details, Assembly and Bill......................................25-J-580 Seal Strip (Diaphragm and Dummy) Details . and Bill........................................................... 25-J-552 Sentinel Valve (Exhaust Casing) Detail, Assembly and Bill ... . . '. . Spare Parts List ?BB-6l and 62 Only) - . . Spare Parts List (BB-63 to 66 Oniyj.... Speed-Changer Details and Bill, Sheet No. 1 . Speed-Changer Details and Bill, Sheet No. 2 . Speed-Changer Motor .......................................................... Spindle Details Assembly and Bill .... Spindle Clearances .......................................................... 25-J-551 25-J-579 25-J-553 25-J-427 25-J-55^ 25-J-555 31-J-755 25-J-556 25-J-557 053 054 055 056 BB61--S6I-057 BB6.L--S6I-058 059 060 061 062 Spindle Glands Detail, Assembly and Bill . . Spindle Lifting Device (For Removal of Bearing Shell) .... Spindle Lifting Gear and Guides Details, Assembly and Bill..................................... 25-J-560 Spindle Position Indicator and Journal Micrometer Detail and Bill .................................... Steam Chest Linkage and Valve Assembly . . 25-J-558 25-J-559 25-J-561 25-J-491 Steam Chest Details and Bill................ 25-J-492 Steam, Drain and Gland Piping, Assembly and Bill..................................... 25-J-565 Steam, Drain and Gland Piping Deta.ils . . . Steam Strainer Detail Assembly and Bill . . 25-J-575 25-J-571 063 064 065 BB61--S6l-0^6 * *. BB61-S6I-069 070 071 Throttle Valve Assembly and Bill .... Throttle Valve Details,Sheet No. 1 . . . Throttle Valve Details,Sheet No. 2 . . . Throttle Valve Details,Sheet No. 3 ... Throttle Valve Deta.ils,Sheet No. 4 . . . 13 25-J-566 25-J-567 25-J-568 25-J-569 25-J-570 073 074 075 076 BB61-S61-077 DRAWING LIST DRAWING TITLE WESTINGHOUSE BUREAU OP SHIPS* Praying No. Type "D" Numbers TURBINE AND GEAR Tvo-Way Valve Details, Assembly and Bill . Wrenches and Tools, Details and Bill . . Oil-Level Indicator ......... 25-J-578 25-J-573 25-J-581 BB61-S61-078 BB61-S61-079 BB61-S61-080 1250-KW. (1562-KV-A.), 450-VOLT, A-C. GENERATOR Outline and Sections of Generator and Exciter Manufacturer's Descriptive Data ............................. Generator Stator Punchings, Assembly, Vent and. Finger Plates; Revolving Field Punchings and Spider Punchings . . Generator Stator Frame ................................................... Front End Bells and Cooler Housing .... 31-J-650+ 31-J-651 31-J-652 51-J-653 31-J-654 BB61-S61-082 I 083 084 085 086 Generator Stator Coil and Wiring-Around-Frame Generator and Exciter Shafts .................................... Revolving Field Winding and Assembly . . . Rear End Bells and Air Seal................ Jl-J-668 Pedestal and Bearing ................................................... 31-J-655 3I-J-656 Jl-J-657 3I-J-658 087 088 089 092 090 Collector and Brush Rigging ..................................... 31-J-659 BB61-S61-091 16-KW. 120-VOLT - D-C. EXCITER Exciter Uniform Specification ..... Exciter Frame, Frame Covers, Poles, Terminal Board and Air Shield ............................. Exciter Bracket and Details; Rocker Ring and Details ............................................ Exciter Wiring-Around-Frame a.nd Details, Brushholder, Coils and Brushes .... Exciter Armature Assembly and Details . . . 5-A-9812 31-J-207 31-J-208 31-J-209 31-J-210 BB6lTS61-097 093 094 095 096 Outline and Sections ................................................... 31-J-650f Shaft...................................................................31 -J-656 082 BB61-S61-088 NAVY TYPE "BN-2" VOLTAGE REGULATOR Manufacturer*s Reference Drawing .... Schematic Wiring Diagram ............................................ Type "BN-2" Main Control Element .... Auxiliary Equipment ................................................... Auxiliary Equipment ................................................... 31-J-276 35-J-589+ 35-J-586+ 31-J-275 35-J-588 *, BB61-S61-0108 BB61-S61-0105 ________________ BB61-S61-0107 Uniform Specification ................................................... Temperature-Indicating Equipment .... Field Discharge Resistor ............................................ Spare Parts List.............................................35-J-591 Motor-Operated Rheostat (For. BB-61 To BB-64). 35-J-590+ 3I-J-289+ 5-A-9347 31-J-583+ BB61-S61-0109 * * BB6l-S6l-OllO * Motor-Operated Rheostat (For BB-65 And BB-66) Contactor Panel ................................................................. Exciter Field Rheostat ................................................... Rheostat Motor ..... ............................. 35-J-224+ 31-J-277 5-A-9346+ 35-J-426 BB61-S6I-0112 * * *_______ __ 14 DRAWING LIST DRAWING TITLE WESTINGHOUSE BUREAU OF SHIPS' Drawing No. Type "D" Numbers GENERATOR AIR COOLER Generator Air Cooler Assembly ............................. Generator Air Cooler Core Assembly and Details Generator Air Cooler Details .................................... Generator Air Cooler Details ..................................... Generator Air Cooler Details .................................... A-3153+ A-315^ A-3155 A-3156 A-3157 BB6I-S6I-098 099 0100 0101 0102 Generator Air Cooler Details Generator Air Cooler Details A-3158 A-3159 I 0103 BB6l-S6l-010^ * Not available at time of publication + Included as an illustration of Part VI of this instruction book 15 > Part 1 TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR Description Page TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR................................... . .101-130 Sec. Sec. Sec. Sec.' 1 -- General Description...................... 101 2 -- Instructions for Installation .... 3 -- Instructions for Operation......... 125 4 -- Instructions for Care and Maintenance. 121 128 Illustrations -- Figures T-l to T-33 (See Part VI) Performance Data (See Part IV)....................................... Spare Parts Lists (See Part V)....................................... Parts Lists (See Illustrations, Part VI) 401 501 Part I (Section 1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR CHARACTERISTICS 1. Each unit consists of a High-Speed Condensing Turbine arranged to drive an A-C. Generator and D-C. Exciter through the medium of a Reduction Gear, which serves to reconcile the high speed required for efficiency in the turbine to the lower practicable generator speed. The turbine, gear and generators are mounted on a common bedplate, to which are secured also the oil cooler, etc. An outline arrangement plan of the unit is shown in Figure T-l. 2. Eight Identical units are supplied for each ship. The nominal rating of each unit is 1250 kw. on an 8o$ power factor, 5-phase, 60-cycle, 450-volt a-c. generator; including 16 Kw. on a 120-volt, d-c. exciter. 3. The turbine is designed to operate on steam at a throttle pressure of 540 lb/in2 gage with 825 F. total temperature and 1 lb/in2 absolute exhaust pressure. It will develop rated capacity with steam conditions of 432 lb/in2 gage, 825 F. total temperature and 1 lb/in2 absolute exhaust pressure. It is capable of operating with a maximum pressure of 6l8 lb/in2 gage and 850 F. total temperature, or 575 lb/in2 gage, dry and saturated. 4. The turbine exhausts into the auxiliary condenser at 1 lb/in2 absolute exhaust pressure. 5. An opening is provided in the cylinder base, normally blanked off, through which steam could be extracted, should it at any time be deemed desirable to provide the necessary means. The quantities of steam which could then be extracted under various load conditions are shown on Figure T-32. 6. The normal operating speed of the turbine is 8050 rpm. and that of the generator 1200 rpm. 7. The pinion and gear are of the double-helical type and the gear is designed to transmit a normal load of 1748 BHP. with the pinion operat ing at 8050 rpm. and the gear at 1200 rpm. Under these conditions the gear bearing pressure is 73-5 lb/in2 of projected area, the pinion bearing pres sure is 155 lb/in2 of projected area, and the tooth pressure Is 71.6 lb/in face/in. P.C. diameter. 8. The turbine bearing pressures are 60 and 67 lb/in2 of projected area for the thrust and coupling ends respectively and the turbine and pinion journal speeds are 109 feet per second, and 140 feet per second, respectively. The gear journal velocity is 26.2 feet per second. 9- Oil System Capacity - At high level 104 gallons; normal 99 gallons, and at low level gallons. 101 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit DESCRIPTION OF TURBINE AND GEAR General Description 10. The turbine, of straight-impulse type, a longitudinal section of which is- shown in Figure T-2, consists of a combination of Curtis and Rateau stages. The Curtis element consists of one pressure stage with two velocity stages. This Curtis stage is followed by eight Rateau stages. 11. The steam, after passing through the throttle valve and the steam chest valves enters the first-stage nozzles where it is expanded to the pres sure existing in the impulse chamber. The velocity energy acquired in this expansion is converted into rotative energy by the impulse blades. The steam is then expanded successively through the Rateau stages to the pressure main tained in the condenser thus imparting further rotative energy to the rotor. 12. The turbine cylinder is supported at the gear end by lugs on the cylin der base at the level of the turbine centerline, which rest on the gear housing and are restrained from axial movement relative to the housing by keys set half in the lug and half in the housing. The lugs can slide transversely on the keys thus allowing for differential expansion but trans verse movement of the turbine as a whole is prevented by a vertical key on the end of the cylinder base, held between gibs on the gear housing. The thrust end is supported by a transverse plate which is bolted to the cylinder and the bedplate. The web of the transverse plate provides the necessary flexibility for longitudinal expansion and contraction of the cylinder. Cylinder 1J. The turbine cylinder is made from cast, alloy-steel and consists of a base and cover, bolted together on the horizontal flange and each made in two pieces joined at a vertical joint between the second and third Rateau stages. This joint is ma.de up permanently at initial assembly and the cover and base thenceforth treated each as one piece. The horizontal joint flanges are carefully machined to a full bearing surface and the metal-to-metal joints made tight. 14. The cylinder is protected from excessive steam pressure by a relief valve which is set at 10 lb/in2 gage. This valve is shown in Figure T-J. A sentinel valve is also provided and is set at 2 lb/in2 gage to give warning of an abnormal pressure condition. The turbine cylinder is also protected by a back-pressure trip which will trip closed the throttle valve when the back pressure at the turbine casing reaches 5 lb/in2 gage pressure. 15- The turbine rotor is machined from a solid alloy-steel forging. The overspeed trip body is screwed onto one end and the other end is coupled to the reduction gear pinion through a flexible coupling (shown in FigureT-ll). After the blades are installed the entire rotating assembly is dynamically balanced. Curtis Blading 16. The blading is shown in detail in Figure T-4. The Curtis element con sists of one pressure stage with two velocity stages. After the steam has passed through the steam chest valves it enters the nozzle block. This block is made of stainless steel and is secured to the turbine cylinder with wedges and screws. The steam is expanded through curved foil passages in the block to the pressure existing in the Curtis wheel chamber. The blades blades are milled from bar stock of stainless steel with integral shrouds which form a closed passage for the steam flow. Supplementary shrouds are provided, riveted over tenons on the ends of the blades, by means of which the blades are secured together in groups to raise their natural frequency of vibration as a protection against vibrational stresses. 102 General Description of Turbine and Gear 17. The rotating bla.des are secured to the turbine rotor by a type of fastening consisting of a double T-root. The blades are held against the top of the groove by half-round segments caulked in place at the bottom. With this type of fastening it is, of course, necessary to widen the groove at one point in order to enter the blades in the T-shaped groove. The row is completely filled with blades and the last blade at this starting point is secured by pins. The stationary blades are secured in straight-sided grooves by a series of short keys which fit in auxiliary grooves cut in the blade shank and in the side of the main groove. 18. Blade shields are secured to the cylinder and extend around that por tion of the wheel circumference which is not utilized for the steam admission nozzles. These shields isolate the blade paths from the remainder of the steam space and thus decrease the windage loss due to the blades rotating in the comparatively dense steam. In order to prevent any accumu lation of condensation in the bottom of the shields, holes are drilled at the bottom on the vertical centerline, to allow any condensation to flow to drain. Rateau Blading 19. The Curtis element is followed by eight Rateau sta.ges divided from the former and from each other by interstage diaphragms. The nozzles for the Rateau stages are machined units welded into inner and outer rings to make complete diaphragm assembly. The latter are made in halves and extend completely around the rotor. The nozzles in the first three stages, however, occupy only a portion of the circumference, varying in area, in succeeding stages in accordance with the increase in the volume of the progressively expanded steam. The Rateau blades are similar in design and method of fastening to the Curtis wheel blades described previously. 20. Steam leaka.ge from stage to stage between the stationary diaphragms and the rotating shaft is minimized by means of interstate labyrinth seals. These consist of labyrinth strips machined integrally in ring seg ments mounted in L-shaped grooves in the diaphragms and held in the posi tion of minimum clearance by means of garter springs, as indicated in Figure T-5. Curtis Wheel Chamber Labyrinth Seal 21. In order to minimize leakage of high-pressure steam from the Curtis wheel chamber, and to lighten the load on the turbine gland at the high-pressure end, a.n integrally cast diaphragm or "dummy" is provided be tween the Curtis wheel chamber and the gland. This diaphragm is fitted with 12 rows of labyrinth seal packing a.s shown in Figure T-5. The steam that does escape through this labyrinth, being thereby throttled to a much lower pressure, is carried away to a connection between the third and fourth Rateau stages and therefore gives up most of its available energy in the lower stages of the turbine blading before passing to the exhaust. Bearings 22. The rotating element consisting of the turbine rotor, flexible coupling and pinion is carried in four bearings which are similar in general design. These bearings are illustrated in Figure T-6. They consist of steel shells made in ha.lves, and lined with genuine tin-base babbitt. The two halves of each bearing are doweled together with pins and the bearing is prevented from rotating within the housing by a. stop dowel which projects into a notch cut in the housing. Oil is admitted at the horizontal center line, the babbitt being relieved on either side to provide ample space for the distribution of oil along the journal surface. At the end of the bea.ring nearest to the turbine, the shell is grooved and a slot is cut a.t the bottom of the vertical centerline to permit the oil which flows to this end 103 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit of- the bearing to flow freely to drain. This oil groove is not required in the pinion and gear bearings. The pinion bearings have a normal clearance of .010" to .012" with a maximum clearance before re-babbitting of .024". The turbine bearings have .007" to .009" clearance with a maximum of .015" before re-babbitting. Oil-Seal Rings 23. The oil-seal rings, which are used to prevent the escape of oil along the shaft from the bearing housings, consist of bronze rings made in halves, and baffle plates also made in halves. Any oil which creeps along the shaft is caught in the grooves in the oil ring and flows downward through a series of holes into the pocket in the lower half of the ring. Holes are drilled in the baffle which permit the oil to flow to drain. These holes are drilled at a sufficient height to maintain an oil level in the pocket, thus preventing the escape of oil vapor through the drain holes. The oil- seal rings may be seen in Figure T-2. ' Turbine Glands j' 24. At the points where the turbine rotor shaft extends through the ends of the cylinder, leakage of steam from, or air into the cylinder is prevented by means of glands of the carbon-ring type. { Each gland has a casing consisting of an outer and two inner sections, 'each divided in halves and the outer casing bolted against the cylinder. Each of the inner sec tions of the casing' contains two carbon rings of three segments each, held together around the shaft by means of garter springs. The space between the two sections is connected to a source of sealing-steam supply. The gla.nds are illustrated in Figure T-7. 25. The inner gland-ring casings have their bottom halves held in the cylinder base, while the upper portions are held partly by the cylinder cover and partly by a.separate outer casing half bolted to the cylinder cover. . 26. In order to remove the gland without lifting the cylinder cover, the outer casing half is first unbolted and removed. Then the upper half of the first inner gland-ring casing may be removed, after which the carbon ring segments may be removed and the bottom half of the ring casing rolled around the shaft and removed. Then the second inner ring casing may be j pulled along the shaft into the place of the outer casing and it may then be similarly removed. Replacement will be accomplished by performing the , above operations in reverse order. ' 27* The turbine glands have three segments per ring. All the rings are fitted with a clearance around the shaft and remain stationary in the gland case. The rings are ma.de in the shape of a frustrum of a cone and are held in by a retainer of corresponding shape, and garter spring. When the retainer is put under tension of the ga.rter spring, the resulting compres sion acting on the conical surfaces of retainer and carbon ring, presses the ring tight against the side of the groove thus preventing leakage be tween the ring and the groove wall. 28. This is an importa.nt fea.ture of the design of these glands. It will be noted that in the exhaust and gland the tapers a.re not a.ll in the same direction. If the gland is dismantled, care must be taken to see that the rings are re-assembled in the same manner as found originally. The following instructions cover in. detail the method of assembling the glands ----and the fitting a.nd "running-in" of new rings. 104 General Description of Turbine and Gear ASSEMBLY OF HEW RINGS 29. When assembling new rings proceed as follows: Step 1. The gland-ring casings and outer casing halves as well as the turbine shaft must be carefully cleaned. Step 2. Slip the lower half of the inner casing into the cylinder base. Step 5- Loop a garter spring on the shaft. Slip two segments under the garter spring and slide them around on the shaft into the lower half chamber, keeping enough tension on the spring to prevent the segments from parting company. Then assemble the remaining segment making sure that the locking pin comes at the joint. Repeat for the second ring. Step 4. Put upper half of the ring case over assembled rings and push the inner case along the shaft into its proper place. For use in disassembling, a tool is provided for withdrawing the inner case (Figure T-30, Items 10 and 16). Step 5. Repeat given assembly instructions with next two rings. Step 6. Outer Casing Half (a) Put outer casing half in place very carefully. (b) Make sure that no dirt lies on the horizontal joint before bolting up the joints. RUNNING-IN OF NEW RINGS 50. Be sure that sufficient steam is being supplied to the gland. It is practically impossible to determine off-hand the operating shaft temperatures along the shaft axis. Therefore, the "cold" ring clearances are determined by means of an empirical formula. It is, however, still possible, in fact very probable, that the ring clearances are either too large or too small. I. Carbon Clearances Are Too Small Jl. This can be determined by.either of the two conditions. (a) The turbine starts to vibrate. Vibrations get worse if speed and temperature are kept constant. (b) The shaft overheads due to friction and starts to show heating colors. Step 1. In either case the turbine speed must be lowered immediately. If the vibrations do not 'stop, or the shaft shows some additional heating colors, the turbine must be shut down. Step 2. The pa.cking must be disassembled. The inside surface of the rings will show spots and should be carefully scraped. After this the rings are installed again. Step 3. If the clearances are only slightly too small, and this is usually the case, the carbon rings can be run in without having to take the packings apart. This, however, can only be done, if the oppor tunity exists of operating the turbine for some time at low speeds (a) Operate the turbine for 1 hour at each speed with the maximum steam temperature available for this speed. Start approximately at 1000 rpm. 105 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit (b) If vibration should start or heat-coloring of the shaft show, lower the speed immediately. Raise and lower the speed several times slowly, keeping the temperature constant. Afterward operate again at the speed where the vibrations started. In most cases the vibrations will not occur again. (c) If the above described procedures will not eliminate the vibra tions, the packing must be taken apart and scraped-in. Step 4. If vibrations are caused by the packing, they will very quickly become more severe if speed and temperature are held constant. If, however, the vibrations start and stop without changing speed and temperature, they are not caused by the packing and must have another source. II. Carbon Clearances Are Too Large 32. When carbon clearances are too large proceed as follows: Step 1. If the packing is not tight, that is, if excessive steam leakage occurs at full speed and full load (maximum operating temperature) the carbon clearances are too large. Step 2. The packings must be taken apart again and the rings taken up. This is done by filing off some carbon with a very smooth and fine file on one surface per joint. A fine emery cloth can also be. used. Step 3* Care must be taken that the joint surfaces stay flat and that the joint Is tight after assembly of the rings. Step 4, Do not remove large quantities of graphite. Approximately one thousandth of an inch per joint should be removed, if the packing leaks badly. Step 5* Before assembling the rings again, they must be thoroughly cleaned. 33 Long life and good performance of the packings will more than com pensate -for the work involved in proper fitting or the time required j.n running-in the rings. In most cases not more than two fittings of the rings are required. Steam, Gland and Drain Piping 34. The diagram of the steam, gland and drain piping is shown in Figure T-8. Sealing steam for the glands Is supplied in part from the auxiliary exhaust line and in part from the low-pressure valve stem leakoff, at approximately 10 lb/in2 gage pressure and a valve and gage are furnished for controlling the pressure at each individual gland. Approximately 25 pounds per hour of steam will be required for this purpose. The steam pressure at the glands should be maintained at not more than 2 lb/in2 ga.ge. It will be noted that the main steam inlet line, the steam strainer body and the impulse chamber of the cylinder have drains controlled by globe valves. These valves should be opened during the starting periods in order to remove the condensation resulting from heating the turbine parts. Further refer ence to these drains and Figure T-8 will be found under the subject Operation . Thrust Bearing 35* The end thrust on the rotor is transmitted to the stationary parts by means of a thrust bearing of the Kingsbury type, illustrated in 106 General Description of Turbine and Gear Figure T-9- It Is located on the exhaust end of the turbine shaft and is also shown in Figure T-2. 36. This bearing Is of the double thrust type having babbitt thrust shoes on both sides of the collar which is a separate piece mounted on the shaft. Each side of the bearing is provided with six shoes. 37. The shoes "6" are supported on the leveling blocks (or "plates") "5" and "8", which by rocking upon each other allow the shoes to move relatively to one another so that the babbitt faces are all pressed against the collar with equal force. Hence each shoe takes an equal share of the load. The upper leveling plates, "5" rest upon the lower leveling plates, "8", which in turn are carried in the base ring "4", made in halves. 38. As may be seen In Figure T-2(longitudinal section through turbine and pinion) the base ring is supported In the housing. It Is centered by the key "10" shown in Figure T-9. The thrust bearing is located by liners between It and the housing at each end. 39. The correct axial position of the thrust bearing, and hence the cor rect axial location of the rotor, is determined by the thickness of bearing liner (shown also in Figure T-2) the base ring "4" and the housing. The thickness of this liner must be such that with the rotor barred toward the exhaust end as far as it will go, the clearance between the nozzle block a.nd the first row of Curtis blades is as shown on the clearance dia gram, Figure T-26. 40. The actual internal clearance of the bearing should be between .009" and .015" in order to permit establishment of a proper oil film be tween the collar and the shoes. After the liner of correct thickness (as \1 described above) has been installed, the proper running clearance Is ob tained -by adjusting the thickness of the liner which is located between the thrust bearing outer end and the housing. This clearance should be checked by rolling the rotor and barring it from one extreme axial position to the other, measuring the end travel with a dial indicator. ' 41. If the bearing has been disassembled for cleaning or repair, the following notes will assist in simplifying reassembly. 42. First clean and inspect all parts carefully. Oil bearing surfaces when assembling. 43. All bearing parts are to be assembled radialiy with housing cover re moved. See Figure T-9* With shaft in position first rotate lower half "l" of brass oil control ring into place under collar. Note that longer lug belongs on upward side of collar's rotation. 44. Put leveling plates "5" and "8", and six shoes in position on the split halves of base ring "4", and secure by screws"3". Rotate lower half of base ring into place on each side of collar, with parts attached, and follow with upper half and Its key "10". 45. Bolt upper half "12" of oil-control ring to the lower half "l". 46. Turn base ring "4" to bring joint vertical, and test end-play by jacking shaft endwise and measuring movement with feelers. Adjust thickness of one or both end filler pieces, by shimming or machining, to make total end-play of shaft between .009 and .015". When found correct, turn base ring to bring key "10" to top center, and bolt housing cover down. 47. Do not force when assembling. If parts do not go together easily, something is out of place. 107 1250-Kw. Geared Ttirbine Generator Unit Rotor-Position Indicator 48. The rotor-position Indicator which is bolted to the end of the thrust hearing housing is shown in Figure 1-10..A reading is taken by pushing lightly on the pad "A" on the pointer ,,12" until the ball "6" makes contact with the end of the rotor. The indicator was set at the factory, but nevertheless immediately after installation the rotor should be barred toward the exhaust end (making sure that all clearance is taken up) and while in this position the pointer should be checked and, if necessary, adjusted to zero, loosening the clamp screw on the pointer to adjust it and then tightening up securely, and pinning. Thereafter when a reading is taken displacement of the pointer from zero will indicate an axial displacement of the rotor, one division on the graduated scale "16" representing a dis placement of the rotor of .002". A small spring "8" holds the ball out of contact with the pinion when the indicator is not being used. It is obvious that readings should be taken either with the machine carrying load or with the rotor barred toward the exhaust end. Otherwise, the clearance in the thrust bearing may cause an erroneous reading. Coupling / I 49. The turbine rotor and the reduction gear pinion are connected by means of a coupling of the "Fast" type, illustrated in Figure T-ll. 50. As may be seen in the detail in the illustration 'the coupling is of the internal involute-toothed type. The coupling heads are pressed and keyed to the turbine and pinion shafts respectively and the two halves of the sleeve are bolted together to make the driving connection. 51. Lubrication is supplied by means of sprays of oil directed into the lip of the sleeve from nipples in the pinion bearing ends and a posi tive circulation of oil, to prevent sludgingof the tooth clearances. Is maintained by virtue of a number of outlet holes on the periphery of the lip at the turbine end. Further information will be found under "installa tion" and under "Maintenance". *" Throttle Valve 52. Steam is admitted to the turbine by a vertically disposed throttle valve which is shown in Figure T-12. This valve Is manually operated by a handwheel, but is closed automatically by a compression spring when the trip release latch Is tripped by the overspeed trip or by the back-pressure safety stop. !; 1, 53. The valve shown in Figure T-l2consists of a single-seated disc operated by means of a handwheel which rotates a screw spindle In a sliding nut. The sliding nut is spring-loaded and arranged so that when the spring has been compressed, the sliding nut Is held by the trip latch against the force of the spring. With the valve in the latched position, rotation of the handwheel will open the valve to admit steam to the turbine. With the valve vide open, it will be tripped closed automatically if the overspeed-trip mechanism functions. When the overspeed trip acts it rotates the shaft carrying the latch which holds the sliding nut against the operat ing-spring compression. This movement disengages the latch and releases the spring force, so that the valvd Is driven instantly to its seat. 54. The valve is installed so that the steam enters above the seat, or in the direction indicated as the inlet by an arrow on the valve body. When the valve is closed full steam pressure acts over the total area of the disc, holding this to its seat. When the valve Is being opened, the first movement of the stem lifts the pilot valve and releases the pressure acting on the disc, decreasing the pressure in the balancing cylinder to approxi mately the same pressure as that on the outlet side of the disc. Under 108 General Description of Turbine and Gear these conditions the valve is practically balanced, and further movement of the valve stem opens the main disc without requiring excessive force. Tripping and Resetting 55. In order to latch the valve, rotate the handwheel in the direction marked "Reset" on the handwheel. This causes the sliding nut to be raised, and rotation of the handwheel should continue until the sliding nut comes to a definite stop. Do not try to force rotation beyond this point. Adjusting Screw, Function and Use 56. One very important feature is the controlled leak into the balancing cylinder, which is regulated by the adjusting screw in the valve cover. 57. All valves shipped from the factory, have the adjusting screw wide open, and this should be adjusted at installation to suit the actual operating conditions. If the valve is sluggish in operation, this may be due to excessive pressure in the balancing cylinder, and should be corrected by rotating the adjusting screw in a clockwise direction, to reduce the amount of steam flowing into the balancing cylinder. 58. If the adjusting screw is closed off too far, there may be a tendency for the main valve to jump when first moved off the seat. The adjust ing screw should be backed off counter-clockwise until this jump is no longer felt. The jump is caused by the steam pressure acting on the seating area of the main disc as it is moved off its seat. This pressure force must be counteracted by maintaining a sufficient pressure in the balancing cylinder. When the adjusting screw has once been set for actual operating conditions, no further adjustment will be necessary. Steam Chest And Governor Steam Chest 59. The steam chest and governor are shown in Figures T-13, T-l4, and T-15, the first being a section of the steam chest and linkage, the second being a sectional view of the governor and the third a plan view showing the arrangement of the speed-changer. The steam chest body is an integral part of the turbine cylinder, and the cover serves also as the linkage support. The turbine is provided with six valves which are arranged in parallel with in the steam chest; that is, all valves are surrounded with steam at approximately throttle pressure. 60. These valves are of the single-seated type. The seats are pressed into the steam chest body and can be replaced, if necessary. The governor servomotor raises and lowers the valve bar "30", keeping it perfectly horizontal at all times. The bar, in turn, lifts the valves by engaging the adjusting nuts "29". The adjusting nuts are threaded on the valves and hence the point at which each valve opens, and the amount of opening can be varied by means of these adjusting nuts. Of course, there is an unbalanced steam force tending to close the valves but, in addition, a positive closing force is obtained by the lower edge of the bar engaging the shoulder on each valve. 61. The valve bar stem packing consists of closely fitted bushings "25" and "26" with suitable leak-off openings. Two leak-offs are provided as shown in the Figure, the upper one is led to a point at atmospheric pressure. The lower one is led to the impulse wheel chamber of intermediate pressure in the turbine. 62. The operating lever is "V" shaped and mounted on a rock shaft, with the central arm connected to the governor and each of the two branch 109 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit arms connected to a valve bar stem. Universal joints are used in the con necting links to insure correct alignment of the moving parts. The operat ing linkage is fulcrumed so that downward movement of the governor servo motor piston opens the valves and upward movement of the piston closes them. 63. The operating lever "4" is secured through universal links to the governor servomotor lever "19" which in turn is connected to the servomotor piston rod, "51" of Figure T-l4. 64. Since the governor servomotor piston spring "58" tends to move the valves in the closing direction it requires oil pressure above the piston to open the steam chest valves and with the unit at rest the rela tionship of the parts is such that the steam valves must be opened manually to get the unit into operation. For this purpose a hand lever, a cam and a lever ("1", "16" and "12" of Figure T-13) are provided with which the linkage can be manually raised to open the valves. When steam is admitted and the unit comes up to speed, the movement of the linkage as the governor takes control releases the hand lever and the cam and lifting lever drop into the "Off" position. 65. For establishing the proper lifts for the several steam chest valves a special fixture is provided, the application of which is illustrated in Figure T-l6. 66. Referring to Figure T-16, in order to use this fixture first remove the valve linkage and the steam chest cover. Screw the valve-stem ex tension rods onto the valves, as indicated, and assemble the valve-lifting bar and the valves with the reference bar and bolt the latter to the steam chest body in place of the steam chest cover. Before tightening the nuts on these bolts make sure that the reference bar is so located that the valves all seat properly and the extension rods slide freely through the bar. 67. Mount the measuring bar on the valve-lifting stems and make sure that it is parallel with the reference bar when all the valves are properly seated. 68. With a depth micrometer (the bearing-wear micrometer may be used for this purpose) measure accurately the distance from the top of each extension rod to the top of the measuring bar and record the readings. 69* Now raise the measuring bar until the spacer blocks provided can be set under the ends. Make sure that the measuring bar is down tight on the blocks and that the latter are standing squarely on the reference bar. Measure again from the top of the bar to the tops of the extension rods and record the readings. 70. The difference between the first and second readings on each valve will equal the clearance between the valve adjusting nuts and the valve lifting bar when all the valves are seated. The valve lifts when recorded from tests in the factory will be listed under "Valve Settings" at the front of this book and in the event of a complete dismantling of the steam chest the test lifts should be reproduced when the unit is reassembled. Governor 71. The governor is of the vertical-shaft, fly-ball type, in which the revolving weights move radially in response to changes in centrifugal force, resulting from changes in speed. 72. The changes is centrifugal force of the weights are transmitted to a relay which controls the flow of high-pressure oil to and from the governor servomotor cylinder. Movements of the servomotor piston are 110 General Description of Turbine and Gear transmitted by a lever to the steam-chest linkage. The oil required to operate the 'servomotor piston is supplied by the main oil pump and is led to the high-pressure oil-inlet chamber of the relay through passages drilled in the governor housing. 75. Referring to Figure T-l4, the governor hub which holds the weights is driven from the end of the gear wheel shaft by means of spiral gears. The governor weights are secured to a strap of spring steel mounted across the diameter of a ring held by the governor hub. The spring is formed into an inverted "U" at the center and the forces acting on the weights flex the strap, thus transmitting the forces through the spring seat to the cup valve. When the governor is at rest, the governor spring "18" holds the governor weights in their innermost position. 74. The complete rotating element is carried in two bearings. Each of these bearings is a combined radial and thrust bearing mounted in the bearing bracket. This bracket is centered in and bolted to the gear housing cover. The vertical clearance between the thrust faces can be adjusted by means of the liner "7" provided between the gear "8" and the spacer "5". This can be done by machining the liner. This clearance should be from .005 to .006". . 75* The cup valve "64" rests on a ball "69" supported on the pin "75" in the center of the spring seat "70" which is secured to the governor weight strap. 76. The space beneath the relay piston "54" is supplied with high-pressure oil through drilled orifices, in its periphery, and the cup valve, by determining the ratio of its area to the centrifugal force of the weights, controls the pressure acting under the relay "54". 77* The balance of forces in any given operating condition consists of_ the centrifugal force of the weights acting upward through the strap, balland cup valve, opposed by the governor oil pressure acting downward on the cup valve. The value of the governor oil pressure is determined by the area of the cup valve and the part of the centrifugal force of the weights not balanced by the spring forces, hence, every turbine speed (and conse quent value of centrifugal force on the governor weights) determines a value of the governor oil pressure. 78. The relay is secured to the pin "57" which is subjected to the com pression of the spring "40". Therefore, the oil pressure under the relay determines the degree of compression of springs "40" and hence the position of the relay in the ported bushing "56". This, in turn, controls the flow of oil to and from the servomotor cylinder. 79. The upper spring seat "45" of the spring "40" is connected through stem "41" and the follow-up linkage and lever "50" to the servomotor piston so that movement of the piston, consequent upon a change in the governing pressure under relay "54", is immediately followed by a corres ponding change in the compression of spring "40", sufficient to balance the change in governor oil pressure and restore the relay to its neutral posi tion. 80. The operation of the governor is as follows:- With the turbine at rest, the governor weights are held in their innermost position by the governor spring, and the governing valves are held closed by the servomotor piston which is held in its uppermost position by the spring "6l" when no oil pressure is available. In order to start the unit it is necessary first to open the steam chest valves manually by means of the handle "58" and the lever "54" (Figure T-14) which forces the servomotor piston down against the resistance of spring "6l". When the turbine speed increases sufficiently 111 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Tor -the oil pump to provide enough pressure to open the governing valves, the latter will open wide allowing the handle "58" to drop back to its original position. As the speed approaches normal the centrifugal force of the governor weights will overcome the force of the governor spring and the weights begin to move outward. The unit then comes under the control of the governor. 81. If the load Increases, the speed decreases and the centrifugal force acting on the weights is reduced. The governor spring-force being constant, the reduction in centrifugal force is balanced by a reduction in governor oil pressure. This results in a downward movement of the relay which opens the ports admitting high-pressure oil above the servomotor pis ton, and connects the space below the piston to drain. The piston there fore moves downward, opening the governing valves sufficiently to maintain the required speed. As the piston moves downward, the follow-up lever de creases the compression of spring "40" thus restoring the relay to its neutral position. If the load decreases, the speed increases increasing the centrifugal force on the weights and this increase in force is balanced by an increase in oil pressure. The increase in oil pressure under the relay causes it to move upward, uncovering the ports which admit high-pressure oil below the servomotor piston and connecting the space above to dr4in. The piston therefore moves upward, closing the governing valves sufficiently to main tain the required speed. Upward movement of the piston, acting through the follow-up lever, compresses the spring "40" until the `increased oil pressure is compensated for and balance has again been restored. 82. Thus it is seen that following any relay movement the resulting move ment of the servomotor piston changes the spring compression so as to restore the relay to its neutral position where it remains until another change in speed (or load) occurs. Speed-Changer: 83. The hand or motor-operated speed-changer, by means of which the speed or load can be varied, is shown in Figures T-l4 and T-15. As shown, it is in mid-position. The principal parts Of the ;electrically operated portion are:- the motor, shaft, worm and worm wheel. The principal parts of the hand-operated portion are:- the handwheel and shaft. Both the elec trically operated and hand-operated portions! act to regulate the speed through the worm "100" and worm wheel "23" (Section B-B, Figure T-l4) which is threaded on the transformer housing "29". ; 84. Since the housing "29" is stationary, rotatio'n of worm wheel "23" on it produces vertical motion of the worm wheel, which through call bearings "22" supports the governor spring seat "21" and spring "18". Con sequently, movement of worm wheel "23" changes compression of the governor spring "18" and hence the speed, or load, corresponding to a given governor weight position. ' 85. For hand operation, rotation .of the handwheel is transmitted directly through the shaft "92" to the worm "100" which meshes with the worm wheel "23", thereby moving the worm wheel upward or downward on the trans former housing "29". For motor operation, the worm "108" (Section G-G-, Figure T-15) meshes with the worm wheel "98" (Section B-E, Figure T-l4) and drives through the collars "91" and "95" and the handwheel, to the second worm and worm wheel. The collars "91" and "95", faced with clutch plates "93" and "94", form a friction-type clutch which Is held in engagement by the spring "99". This-clutch.slips when the hand-operated feature Is used and also serves as a safety device in the event of overtravel of the speedchanger motor. 112 General Description of Turbine and Gear Governor Disassembly And Adjustment: 86. The governor is thoroughly tested and adjusted at the factory and should operate satisfactorily as received. However, from time to time during the life of the unit it will be expedient to completely dis assemble the mechanism for examination, cleaning, or replacement of worn parts, and at such times when reassembling, it' will be advisable to check the accuracy of the adjustment. At other times partial disassembly for examination of specific portions of the mechanism may be indicated, and on all such occasions, the following information should be noted: 87. To Disassemble Governor A. Complete Disassembly Step 1. Disconnect steam-chest linkage from steam chest. Step 2. Disconnect follow-up linkage. Step 5. Remove cylinder cover bracket "47", together with servo motor piston "59". Step 4. Remove servomotor spring "6l". Step 5- Remove governor cover "44" together with stem "41". Step 6. Lift out spring seat "43" and spring "40". ' Step 7- Lift out bushing "39" (This bushing serves as a stop to prevent overloading of the spring "40" and the follow up linkage in case of excessive overspeed - for example, while testing overspeed trip. It serves also, incident ally, as a spigot to position the governor cover "44"). Step 8. Lift out spring seat "38" and relay "34", using threaded rod screwed into a tapped hole provided for the purpose.' Step 9 Remove speed-changer handwheel "87". Step 10. Unbolt and remove access plate "62"'. When this plate has been removed, the speed-changer worm shaft assembly may be withdrawn as a unit. Step 11. If it is desired to completely disassemble the speedchanger mechanism, loosen the set screws securing the speed-changer clutch collars "91" and "95" and remove these collars. (The outer one will slip off while the inner "95" must be unscrewed from worm wheel "98"). Step 12. Remove whorm wheel "98" and bushing "89". Step lj. Rotate the worm shaft "92" to screw the worm "100" out of mesh with worm wheel "23" and withdraw the worm shaft. Step 14. Unbolt the bottom flange of the governor housing "73:' and lift the housing straight up until the governor parts are cleared, and then swing the housing away. When the gover nor housing has been lifted clear of the rest of tne mech anism, make sure that the upper race .of the ball bearing "22" has not been lifted with the housing. If it has, re move it immediately to avoid possibility of its dropping loose later and being damaged. 113 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Step 15. Carefully remove the ball bearing."22". Step 16. For access to governor weights, etc., remove governor casing "19" Step 17. For access to the cup valve, etc., turn the governor --------------- housing upside down and remove the bolt "63" and the cap screws. Step 18. Lift out the cup valve assembly. Step 19. Turn the cup valve assembly right side up and remove the --------------- fillister head screws holding the cup valve seat. Remove the seat "31". Step 20. Remove the cup valve ''64". B. Partial Disassembly ' There are three partial disassembly sequences which may be required for access to specific portions of the governor mechanism. These are: ' Group I. Access to cup-valve seat and cup valve for examination and cleaning. Group II. Access to the governor weight assembly. Group III. Access to the governor bearings and the axial clearance adjustment liner. To make these three partial disassemblies, proceed as follows: Group I - Follow steps 1 to 8 inclusive of'Complete Disassembly", Sequence A, described above. Step 9* Lift out the governor spring seat "33" and the spring "32", using for the former the same threaded rod previously mentioned and for the latter, a hook-ended piece of wire. Step 10. Unscrew the fillister head screws in the cup-valve seat "31" and remove the seat by means of the threaded rod screwed into a tapped hole provided for the purpose. Step 11. Lift the cup valve "64" using the same threaded rod. Group II- Follow steps 1, 2, 14, 15 and 16 of "Complete Dis assembly". Sequence A, described above. Group III- Follow steps 1, 2, 14, and 15 of "Complete DIs assembly". Sequence A. Step 16. Remove the fillister head screws holding the brackets "9" to the gear-housing cover. Step 17. Lift out the governor hub and bracket assembly straight up until clear of the housing. Remove this assembly to the work bench. Step 18. On the work bench loosen the set screw "2" and remove sleeve nut "1". 114 General Description of Turbine and Gear Step 19- Stand the assembly on end, and by pushing down on the bracket, push the collar "3" off and remove the liner. Item 7 88. To Adjust and Assemble Governor The governor is assembled by reversing the order of the steps given above. However, if the mechanism has been entirely disassembled, the adjust ment should be checked before reassembly. In connection with the reassembly, remember that there is no gasket used between the governor housing and the gear-housing cover. 89. To Adjust the Governor Relay Mechanism Step 1. Check the vertical clearance in the governor-spindle thrust bearing, that is, the clearance between the bear ing and the spindle sleeve. This vertical clearance should be .003" to .006" and is obtained by replacing or machining the liner "7" as the case may require. The radial clearance in the governor-spindle bearing should be .003" to .006" on the diameter. Step 2. When the governor hub and bracket assembly have been re placed in the gear-housing cover, remove the governor spring seat "21" and the governor spring "18". Step 3* Place a scale across the top of the governor case "19" and measure the downward deflection of the governor weight strap "15" against the adjusting screw "12" by pressing down on the spring seat "70". This downward deflection should be 1/32". Readjust the position of adjusting screw "12", if necessary, bearing in mind that l/4-turn of this screw produces a vertical motion of .015". Step 4. When the governor housing has been reassembled on the gear-housing cover, remove all the liners "30" from un der the flange of.the cup-valve seat "31". This will permit the cup-valve seat to rest on the cup valve "64". Step 5- Measure from the top of the cup-valve seat "31" to a scale laid across the top flange of the governor housing, being sure that the gasket "42" is not on the flange. Step 6. Replace all of the liners under the cup-valve seat "31", and repeat this measurement. The difference between the two measurements should be 1/32". Change the liners if necessary, to obtain this figure. Step 7* Set the governing valve lifts according to instructions given in the description of the steam chest. Step 8. Adjust the length of the connection to the governor valve lever so that all che governing valves are closed tightly when the servomotor piston "59" is 1/4" away from its upper limit of travel. Step 9 In reassembling the follow-up mechanism, be sure that the follow-up lever fulcrum pins "80" and "83" are placed in the same holes in which they were found ori ginally, in order to maintain the same regulation. 115 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Step 10. The speed-changer limit stop consists of lugs on the plate "27" and the ring "28". To set the limit stops, proceed as follows: (a) Start-up the unit and hold the generator speed at 1240 rpm., without load, by means of the throttle valve. Turn the speed changer in the "INCREASE" direction until all the governing valves are wide open. This will be determined by measuring the lifts, and checking them against the figures given in the valve lift tabulation. This represents the full-load position. (b) Shut the machine down and lock the limit stop in this position. To do this, remove the access plate "62". The ring "26" is saw-cut in the horizontal plane so that tightening the nut "65" locks the stop "28" se curely. Since the upper and lower lugs on the stop ring "28" are a constant distance apart, the speed- changer range is fixed, and no further adjustment of the lower stop is possible. / 90. The following data were used by the Manufacturer in making the gover nor adjustments. The values are approximate and' are given as a guide in the event the governor requires readjustment. ' Step 1. Locate follow-up lever fulcrum pin in hole No. 2. Step 2. Set relief valve for 90 lb/in2. Step 3* With governor controlling speed in no-load position adjust servo motor spring to give secondary governing pressure of 40 lbs/in2. Step 4. Adjust the speed-changer to give* 1200 rpm. and observe stability. Step 5Step 6. Step 7- Close the throttle valve till the governor is just wide open. The drop in speed should be 60 rpm. Speed variation 5$The drop in secondary governing pressure should be 22 lb/in2 + Hold the speed at 1240 rpm. by means of the throttle valve and run the speed-changer in the open ing direction until the governor is just wide open. Shut down and lock speed-changer limit stop in this position. , No Load 13/32" governor valve to = travel Full Load J>% speed changer "A" Shim to obtain 1/32" clear ance between cup valve and *- seat. There is a l/U" pipe tap for gage J , , connection in the flange located on B Set for 1/32 clearance when the side of the governor for ohtain strap is clamped in place ing secondary governing oil pressure., but with spring removed. 116 General Description of Turbine and Gear Extraction 91. As shipped from the factory, it Is not intended that steam should be extracted from the blade path of the turbine. However, a nozzle is provided in the cylinder base at one side, from which steam could be ex tracted at some future date, if desired. This opening is blanked off at the factory. For the convenience of the operating personnel, should it be decided in the future to employ extraction, a curve is given in Figure T-32 showing the quantities of steam which could be extracted at various loaus. Reduction Gear 92. The longitudinal section through the pinion shaft is shown in Figure T-2 and the longitudinal section through the reduction gear is shown in Figure T-17- The gear wheel is pressed onto the gear shaft, and is further secured by set screws. The shaft is carried in the gear bearings (Figure T-17), the bearing on the turbine end acting also as the thrust bearing. Machined collars on the shaft act as the thrust bearing collars and liners are provided by means of which the axial location of the gear wheel may be adjusted. The gear wheel and generator rotor are dynamically balanced after being bolted together. 93. The gear housing base is mounted in the bedplate and forms the oil reservoir for the unit. An oil-level gage is provided to show the amount of oil in the reservoir. The main oil pump, which is driven by the bevel gears, takes its suction from the reservoir as shown. 94. A lug on the housing cover matches with a bracket on the base and the two are pinned together so that "the cover may be swung open without the necessity of removing it. completely. A support arm may be bolted to cover and base to hold the cover in the open position for inspection or work on the gear. 95. Between the generator end gear bearing and the coupling there are two oil-thrower rings turned on the shaft and an oil ring, the labyrinths of which drain back into the gear housing. Also between the coupling and the generator there is a second double oil ring with a leak-off from be tween the sections so that the possibility of any vapor being drawn into the generator winding is eliminated. 96. The gear teeth are lubricated by means of pinion sprays which dis charge oil between the pinion and gear teeth. Gear Bearings 97- The pinion bearings, shown in Figure T-6, consist of steel shells, babbitt-lined, similar to the turbine bearings except that the pinion bearings, being enclosed by the gear housing do not require oil baffles, as do the turbine bearings. The pinipn bearings have normal clearance of .010 .012" with maximum of .024" before re-babbitting. The gear bearings shown in Figure T-18 have .008-.010" normal clearance with maximum of .018" before re-babbitting. The turbine-end main gear bearing is provided with bolted-on thrust rings at either end. Shoulders on the gear shaft serve as thrust collars so that this bearing is a combined journal and thrust bearing. Split liners between the bearing wheel and the thrust rings permit adjustment of the location of the main gear wheel in the housing and of the axial clear ance of the bearing. 117 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Alignment of Pinion And Gear 98. For proper operation of the unit the pinion and gear should be paral lel. This condition exists when the pinion and gear-shaft centerlines lie in the same plane and are equidistant at both ends. For use in obtain ing and checking this condition the gage and the fixture (Figure T-30), are provided. 99. The fixture is laid on the gear with the pads at the square end rest ing on the gear journals. If the pinion and gear are in the same plane the pads at the round end should simultaneously touch the pinion journals. 100. If this does not occur adjustment may be made by scraping the bearing lower half at the end which is touched, to bring the high end down so that both pads will touch. This scraping must be carefully done and should not in any case be carried to the extent of Increasing the total bearing clearance beyond the maximum permitted. In such a case it would be necessary to re-babbitt or to install new bearings. However, the likelihood of such a condition occurring Is most remote. 101. Parallelism is obtained when the gage "9" (Figure T-30) will just fit between the pinion and gear aligning shoulders at both ends. Main Oil Pump 102. The main oil pump, which is shown in the reduction gear assembly. Figure T-17, is located in the turbine end of the gear housing base. it Is of'the gear type and is driven from the governor body, which in turn is driven from the main gear shaft through spiral gears. 103. The pump body is oolted to an internal bracket in the gear housing base. The suction is taken from close to the bottom of the reservoir through a short intake pipe. The pump is driven by means of a vertical shaft splined at both ends. The upper end engages the governor body sleeve nut, which is secured to the governor body. The lower end engages splines in a hollow shaft or driving sleeve to which the pump gear (driver) Is keyed and which rotates In the pump bearing bushings. A bushing pressed Into the bore of the driving sleeve prevents the splined dr.Iving shaft from dropping down. The driven pump gear is keyed to a short Idler shaft. The bushings which serve as bearings for the gears are made of tin-base babbitt. 104. The pump takes oil from the reservoir and discharges into a line lead ing through the gear housing to the duplex strainer and thence to the oil cooler. Oil System 105- The arrangement of the oil system is shown diagrammatically in Figure T-I9. This system consists essentially of a reservoir formed by the reduction gear housing, a main oil pump described above, a duplex strainer, a cooler, a hand-operated auxiliary pump for use when starting and stopping the unit, and the connecting piping. 106. The level of the oil in the reservoir Is shown by the float-type of level gage which is located on the turbine end of the gear housing. The oil level should be maintained so that it is between the high and lowlimit marks on the gage plate with the machine in operation. 118 General Description of Turbine and Gear 107. In normal operation, the main pump discharges,at approximately 35 lh/in2 gage pressure. A part of this oil is led through cored passages to the governor mechanism to operate the steam chest valves. The remainder is led through external piping through the strainer and cooler to lubricate the bearing and reduction gear teeth. The maximum permissible temperature of. oil leaving any bearing is l80 P. The temperature rise of oil passing through any bearing is not to exceed 50 P. The flow of the .oil through the bearings is regulated by relief grooves cut at the hori zontal joint of the bearing. ' 108. A relief valve, connected to the bearing supply line, is set to dis charge a part of the oil directly to the reservoir if the pressure at the bearings exceeds 10 lb/in2 gage. Also the low-pressure alarm contact maker is connected to the system so as to sound an alarm if the pressure at the bearings drops to 4 lb/in2 gage. A by-pass valve. Figure T-23 around the cooler is provided so that the cooler can be taken out for cleaning and repair while the unit is running. The cooler is preferably by-passed when starting the unit, until normal bearing operating temperatures have been . established. When the cooler is put in service the water circulation should be carefully adjusted so as to prevent under-cooling of the oil. Auxiliary Oil Pump 109. The hand-operated auxiliary pump takes its suction from the reservoir and discharges through a check valve into the strainer and thence to the lubricating system. This pump should be operated when starting the unit until the speed increases sufficiently for the main pump to supply the lub ricating requirements. This pump should also be operated when slowing down the unit until the shaft is at rest. 110. The auxiliary oil pump is shown in Figure T-21 like the main pump it also is of the gear type, but is driven manually by turning the handle "9", which drives through the step-up gears "V and "5". These gears have a 4:1 ratio. The pump driving shaft "12" passes through a stuffing box "15", "16" and "22" containing packing, which minimizes leakage of oil from the pump into the driving gear casing. 111. The pump gears "6" and "7" may be examined by taking off the gear housing cover "2" and removing the screws "21" which secure the driv ing gear housing to the pump body "3". The pump body "3" may then be re moved, exposing the pump gears. If complete disassembly is required, the gear "5" must be removed from the shaft and the stuffing box loosened so that shaft may be withdrawn through it. Care must be used in removing pump body, to see that the pump gear (driven) "7" does not drop off the idler shaft "13". 112. The handle, items "9", "10" and "24", is hinged so it will drop out of the operator's way when the pump is not in use. The oil cup "17" is provided for priming the pump gears when starting. Oil Strainer 113. The oil strainer is shown in Figure T-22.lt is of the duplex type and is equipped with magnets for the removal of ferrous material from the oil. The basket, through which the oil must flow, is made with sides of wire mesh and perforated sheet, and contains the magnet assembly which con sists of the magnets "24" and the rod "25". 114. The flow of oil to the strainers is controlled by the plug, which is so designed that when turned on its seat by means of the change-over 119 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit lever. It will direct the oil to either strainer, but will prevent the oil from being completely cut-off during change-over from one strainer to the other. The indicator on the change-over lever points toward the side of the strainer which is in use. The stem of the strainer plug "18" is loosecoupled to a jack screw "8" which is threaded through the top of the bonnet "6" and carries a handle "13". Rotation of this handle in a counter-clock wise direction will pull the plug upward thus breaking its contact with the body and facilitating the change-over operation, while by turning it in a clockwise direction, after the change-over has been made, the plug can be seated tightly in the body, thus eliminating leakage around the plug. 115. In order to clean a strainer it is only necessary to swing the change over lever to the opposite side, back-off the handle "10", remove the cover "20" and lift out the strainer basket. Oil Cooler . 116. Figure T-23 shows the oil cooler with its pipe connections. The oil enters the cooler shell at the top left end (looking toward the unit) and passes around the outside of the tubes, being directed back and forth across them by the baffles and leaves the cooler by the outlet connection at the top of the other end. The water enters the water bonnet and passes through the tubes on one side to a reversing bonnet and back through the tubes on the other side to the outlet. The tubes are.rolled into both tube sheets. 117. Provision is made in the shell by means of a double diaphragm struc ture, for relative expansion of the shell and tubes, the tube sheet being- secured directly to the shell at each end. 118. The dry weight of the complete cooler.is 835 pounds. Each cooler has 98 tubes and is designed to cool 55 gallons per -minute of oil of a quality meeting Navy Symbol 2190 from 150 to 120 with 20 lb/in^ pressure drop when supplied with-90 gallons per minute of water at 85F. with 2 ..... lb/in2 water-pressure drop. `" Lubricating Oil `1 119- Oil, Navy Symbol #2190 having a viscosity of'185-205 S.S.U. at 130F. should be used in the lubrication system. ! DESCRIPTION OF SAFETY DEVICES Overspeed Trip And Back-Pressure Safety Stop ; i 120. The overspeed trip mechanism which trips the throttle valve and thus shuts down the turbine in case it overspeeds Is shown in Figure T-24. The actuating device consists of a weight located transversely in a hole in the body which is screwed into the end of the turbine rotor. The weight is located with its center of mass slightly off the axis of rotation and is held in place by the spring and the retainer which is secured by the nut. As the speed of the rotor increases the centrifugal force of the eccentric weight becomes greater until at a predetermined speed (10 to 12^ above normal full-load speed) the centrifugal force is sufficient to overcome the resistance of the spring, whereupon the weight moves outward radially until it comes into contact with the trip lever. This lever is struck sharply by the weight and the resulting movement disengages the latch from the reset handle, these latter pieces being held in engagement by hardened plates "37" When the reset handle -is released the tension spring pulls the trip rod smartly toward the throttle valve trip lever to which one end of the'spring" ` ' 120 ' v ) - . ., 4 / General Description of Turbine and Gear is attached, and through which the trip rod end moves until the weight en gages the lever with, a hammer blow effect which is. sufficient to actuate the throttle valve tripping mechanism and close the valve as described in the section on throttle valve. The speed at which the auto-stop will function can be adjusted by means of liners "6" of Sect. A-A. Increasing the thickness of the liner3 increases the tripping speed. Decreasing the' thickness of the liners decreases the tripping speed. 121. Whan this mechanism has operated it must be reset by hand. This is accomplished by returning the reset handle to the vertical position when the latch plates will again be engaged. This resetting cannot be done until the turbine speed has decreased sufficiently to allow the overspeed trip weight to return to its normal position which will occur at slightly below normal turbine speed (approximately 1000 rpm. of generator.) 122. A special jig is furnished as shown in Figure T-30 by means of which the overspeed trip spring may be compressed, thus making it easy to remove the retainer halves from the weight when making a change in the set ting or overhauling these parts. As shown in Figure T-30, the two halves of the jig are inserted through the holes in the overspeed trip retainer, thus permitting the spring to be compressed sufficiently to clear the groove in the retainer. Then by spreading the jig halves apart the retainer halves can be freed from under -the trip weight head, and the mechanism taken apart: 123. In putting the parts together again the jigs may be pressed down with one hand while pressing the retainer halves together with the other hand, so that as soon as the spring clears the retainer groove the retainer halves may be squeezed together under the trip weight head and the assembly locked by releasing the pressure on the jigs. 124. Figure T-24 also shows the back-pressure safety stop, which protects the turbine cylinder against excessive pressure by closing the throttle valve if the exhaust pressure exceeds 5 lb/in2 gage. This mechanism operates through the same levers and trips the thr.ottle valve in the same manner as described above. The diaphragm is clamped between the disc and the plate and is subject to the pressure existing in the turbine exhaust through the pipe connection as shown. If the exhaust pressure becomes high enough to overcome the compression of the spring, which holds the lever in position, the rod is moved outward and the rod end strikes the pin and pulls the latch so as to disengage the latch plates and release the handle, which in turn trips the throttle valve and shuts down the turbine in the same manner as when tripped by the overspeed trip. The spring is set at the factory for pressure reported under the heading "Performance Data". It may be adjusted by means of lock nuts for any desired pressure. Low Oil-Pressure Alarm Contact-Maker 125. The contact-maker which closes the alarm bell circuit to warn the operator of dangerously low oil pressure is shown in Figure T-25- It is adjusted to operate if the bearing oil pressure falls to a predetermined minimum 4 lbs. The operation of this ievice is as follows: 126. The diaphragm "15", held between the base "l6" and the case "12" is subjected to bearing oil pressure on its under face through one or the other of the oil connections indicated. The diaphragm, in turn, when flexed, actuates the pressure plate "14", which can move upward a small amount de termined by the depth of the recess in the case into which it fits. 127. Upward motion of "14" opens the contact in the totally-enclosed switch unit "11" and thus opens the circuit. This is the normal condition and will exist as long as the bearing oil supply remains norma 1. If through casualty, sludging, or any other means the bearing oil pressure is reduced 121 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit to the predetermined limit, the compression of the spring "8" overcomes the reduced oil pressure, forcing down the pressure plate "14" and closing the contact in the switch "11", which causes the alarm to ring. A condenser "4" prevents sparking and radio interference. 128. Adjustment of the spring pressure is accomplished by removing^the lock screw "18" (section B-B), thus exposing a screw driver slot in the adjusting screw "6". Rotation of the screw "6" moves the spring seat "17" up or down thus decreasing or increasing the spring compression. 129. Initial adjustment of the switch "11" is made by releasing the spring compression and pushing the pressure plate "14" into its uppermost position. Then, with the cap screws "20" loosened move the switch assembly "11" until the contact just breaks; tighten the screws "20" in that position. Testing of Safety Devices 130. Overspeed may result from a variety of causes such as dirt or scale lodging under the steam valve, damage to seats so that the leakage is more than the steam requirement at light loads, excessive friction In the governor parts due to foreign matter, or damage to working parts. Con sequently, all parts should be kept in good condition at all times. Over speed could also result from steam entering through the extraction opening (if this opening, which is normally blanked off, were being used) with no load on the unit and with high vacuum. Periodically, about once each month, the operation of the safety devices should be checked as follows: (with the generator disconnected from the line and meters) - Test 1. The operation of the overspeed trip should be tested as follows: - Referring to Figure T-13 (Steam Chest) disconnect the steam chest valve-lifting rod link from the lever and block the valves in the open position by inserting suitable blocks between the valve-lifting bar stem shoulders and the stem bushings. Then start the turbine and gradually Increase the speed to the tripping point. The overspeed trip should function at 10 to 12$ above normal speed (1320 to 1350 rpm). The throttle valve should be opened very gradually. During this test, the speed of the unit should be watched continuously with a hand tachometer on the genera tor, and the operator should be ready to trip this valve lnstantly by hand in case the overspeed governor does not func tion at the proper speed. Test 2. The low oil-pressure alarm may be checked when shutting down the unit by noting when the alarm sounds, and observing the reading of the bearing oil-pressure gage on the gage board. The alarm should ring when the bearing oil pressure reaches approximately 4 pounds gage. Test 3- The back-pressure trip can be tested periodically with com pressed air, followed by a test operating the unit at no load and building up back pressure by cutting off the cir culating water pump and air ejector. This trip should func tion at approximately 5 pounds gage. 122 Part I (Section 2) INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION Alignment of Unit And Setting of Turbine Rotor 1. The bedplate of the unit is supported at six points on seating pads and is bolted down at these points only, as shown in the sketch at the upper left-hand corner of Figure T-l.Each turbine generator unit was carefully aligned in the shop, the bedplate having first been set perfectly level. After the several parts had been set on the bedplate and correctly aligned, they were doweled to the bedplate. It is therefore evident that if the bedplate has been set upon a properly leveled foundation in the ship, the parts will be in proper alignment as established at the factory. 2. In the initial erection of the unit in the factory, the pinion and gear bearings were checked for plane and parallelism by using man drels. The generator stator was set up and the generator outboa.rd bearing wa.s brought into alignment with the gear bearings. Next the turbine cylindei base was set up and the turbine bearing aligned with the pinion bea.rings, using liners under the turbine supports as necessary. 3. The turbine rotor was placed in the turbine cylinder cover and located axially in order to obtain the proper clearance dimension between the nozzle block and the first rotating row of impulse blades, as shown on the rotor clearance diagram. Figure T-26. The distance from the low-pressure end of the cylinder cover to the face of the turbine rotor at the exhaust end, wa,s then measured. This dimension was recorded and is also stamped on the turbine cylinder base horizontal-joint flan'ge at the low-pressure end. 4. The rotor was next placed in the cylinder base and a liner of .100" thickness was installed in the thrust bearing as shown in Figures T-2, T-9 and T-26. The thrust bearing cover and the upper half of the turbine bearing (pinion end) and the bearing.cover were assembled and bolted in place. After this the rotor was moved as necessary to obtain the 3/16" dimen dimension between the coupling faces as shown in Figure T-26, and the cylin der base was adjusted in an axial direction, until the dimension from the end of turbine rotor to the cylinder face was in agreement with that stamped on the cylinder base horizontal flange. The cylinder base was then doweled and keyed to the bedplate in this position. 5- The clearance in the thrust bearing was next measured and the thick ness of the filler ring "l4" shown in Figure T-9 was adjusted to the proper thickness, to provide this clearance. The gear and pinion were adjusted to drawing clearances by shifting the liners (See Figure T-17) in back of the gear bearing thrust faces as necessary. 6. If it should become necessary to install a spare turbine rotor, the following procedure should be followed:- .1 1. With the new rotor placed in the cylinder cover, the dimension from the end of the rotor to the cylinder cover gland face should be determined as described above. Install the new rotor in the cylinder base and loca.te it axially to agree with the dimension from the gland face to the end of the rotor a.s found in the cylinder cover. Mea.sure the axial clearance at the outboard end of the thrust bearing in order to obta.in the proper thickness for the rotor locating liner, shown in Figure T-2. With this liner installed, the turbine rotor will be in its proper running posi tion. Now measure the thrust bearing clearance and if this is not found to be within the prescribed limits, change the thickness of the liner "14" (Figure T-9) as described above to provide the proper clearance. 123 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 8. With the rotor in place, check the alignment as follows: 9. The method of checking the internal alignment of the reduction gear has been described under "Reduction Gear". To check the alignment of the pinion and the turbine rotor, disconnect the flexible coupling be tween them and check the angular alignment by taking feeler-gage readings between the faces of the coupling hubs at top, bottom and both sides. Also check the horizontal and vertical alignment of the coupling hubs at the periphery on top and at the sides. The pinion and turbine should be in line. 10. Check the alignment of the gear and generator. To do this, roll out the bottom half of the forward gear-shaft bearing and measure at the center of the bearing the amount that the gear-shaft journal drops when not supported. This drop should be .Oil". If it differs from this value the outboard generator pedestal should be adjusted upward or downward as neces sary to produce the .Oil" drop required. As a cross check on this measure ment the forward bearing may be replaced and the aft gear bearing rolled out instead. If this is done the journal should drop in the housing .007"* Recheck these readings by rolling the gear shaft and generator rotor over l80 and repeating the operation. I Pipe Connections i j ( 11. The steam pipe connected to the turbine throttle ,!valve must not be rigid because, if it were, it might move the unit out of alignment. It should be made with long radius bends and supported'at a point near the turbine. In-making this connection, the pipe should never be sprung into place. It should be made so that the joints match properly. 12. The1 exhaust line should have a flexible expansion joint close to the turbine, preferably at the turbine-exhaust flange. The exhaust pipe should be supported just beyond the expansion joint to prevent its weight from da.ma,ging the expansion joint or the turbine. The expansion joint should have enough flexibility to insure that no undue strain will be imposed on the turbine exhaust. . 1! 135. Before connecting the steam pipe to the turbine, the line should be thoroughly blown out with high-pressure steam' to remove any foreign matter such as dirt, scale, joint compound, etc, which if carried into the turbine, might prevent the closing of the steam chest valves and cause overspeeding; or plug up part of the nozzle throat,5thus reducing the capacity and efficiency of the unit. 14. Wet steam is objectionable as it causes much more rapid erosion of the blades and nozzles than dry steam. It also reduces both efficiency and capacity of the unit. Slugs of water, whether i'rom priming of the boilers or the picking-up of condensation in the pipe line, if carried through the turbine cause serious shocks, vibration! and speed fluctuations or may trip the overspeed trip mechanism. If the pipe connections are such as to allow condensation to collect in the turbine or steam pipe, drains must be installed for use when starting up. ' 124 Part I (Section 3) INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATION To Start 1. To start up a turbine proceed as follows Step 1. See that circuit breaker and main switch are open. Step 2. Cut in all resistance in the field rheostat. Step 5> See that the throttle valve is in its closed position with the throttle valve trip latch in place. Make sure that the overspeed trip mechanism is in operating condition. Step 4. Check the oil level in the reservoir and the temperature of the oil. ' SPECIAL CAUTION: Units should not be started up until the oil in the reservoir is at least 60 F. Oil below 60 F. should be removed from reservoir and heated to at least 600 F. before unit is turned over. When starting up with oil In reservoir between'60 and 100 F., the unit should be operated slowly until such time as the Inlet oil to the bearing is 100 F,, or until such time as there is a free flow of oil from the bearings, at which point full speed may be attained and load applied. Due caution should be used when starting up with cold oil; lower temperatures require lower warming-up speeds. Operating temperatures of 110 F. to lj50 F. to the bearings should be obtained soon after- full speed is reached. Step 5Step 6. Drain the steam and exhaust piping. Open the throttle valve, steam strainer and cylinder drains. These drains are shown in Figure T-8. Step 7. Turn steam on glands, using not more than 3-pound pressure. Step 8. Open the exhaust valve wide, or, if the unit is connected directly to its own condenser and no valve is fitted between them, start the condenser auxiliaries and establish vacuum in the condenser. Step 9. Prime the lubricating system thoroughly with the auxiliary oil pump before attempting to run. Step 10. Open the steam chest `va.lve by means of the jacking lever under the governor-operating piston rod. Then open the throttle valve, starting the turbine rolling immediately so that the turbine rotor will heat evenly. Bring up to about 1000 rpm. on the generator in 5 to 10 minutes. Then bring speed up until the governor controls the speed. This can be determined by observing when the jacking lever ("l" of Figure T-13) drops to the "Off" position, and noting that the linkage then moves in the closing direction as the governor 125 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit partly closes the steam chest valves to hold the unit to no-load speed- See that the bearing oil pressure is maintained between 5 and 10 pounds. Step 11. Close all drain lines. Step 12. Circulate water through the oil cooler. Step 13. Adjust the rheostat for normal voltage of the generator. Step 14. Connect the generator to the line and put on load. To Parallel 2. To put one machine on the line when tne other unit is in operation: Step 1. Bring the unit up to normal no-load speed, as described above. Step 2. With the speed-changer, bring the speed down to the synchronous speed of the system. Step 3- Observe the synchroscope and manipulate the speed-changer until synchronism is indicated. Step 4. Throw the unit on the line. Step 5. Readjust the speed-changer until each unit takes its share of the load at the proper speed. 3- The proper voltage to obtain before throwing one generator in parallel with the other, can be found best by trial. It may vary slightly from line volta.ge, depending upon local conditions. To Shut Down Step 1. Reduce the load to practically zero by manipulating the speed-changer. Step 2. Throw off the loa.d by opening circuit breaker, and then open, finally, the main generator switch. Step 3- Close the turbine throttle valve. This can be done by striking the overspeed trip latch tip "39" or pulling on the back-pressure safety stop trip rod end "46" in Figure T-24. Step 4. Operate the auxiliary oil pump when slowing down until the shaft is at rest. Step 5. Shut off the water to the oil cooler. Step 6. Shut off the steam to glands. Step 7. Clean the machine and put it in readiness for the next run. Precautions 4. The following operating precautions should be carefully observed:- 126 Instructions for Operation Point 1. Avoid passing steam through the turbine with the rotor \ at rest. With the throttle and steam chest valves ; closed, the steam strainer drain should be open. Point 2. Avoid air being drawn through the glands with the rotor at rest. Point 3- Periodically (about once each month) inspect the overspeed trip weight to see that it works freely in the body. Also test all safety devices to see that each one functions properly. Point if. Keep the throttle stem and the steam chest valve-lifting rods clean and free of corrosion. (Do not paint these stems). Point 5- Keep bearing oil pressure between five pounds and ten pounds gage. Point 6. Keep the oil level in the reservoir between the limits indicated on the "Oil Level Gage". Point 7- Keep the oil strainer clean. Point 8. Keep the oil cooler clean. Point 9- Leave all switches open when ma.chine is not running. Point 10. At the least sign of trouble, stop machine Immediately. Investigate and correct the trouble before starting the machine again. /s 127 Part I (Section 4) INSTRUCTIONS FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE Inspection 1. About once each year, depending on the nature of the service, the unit should be dismantled and thoroughly Inspected and cleaned. Erosion of the blades, nozzles and valves, wear of bearings (including the Kingsbury thrust bearing), and changes in clearances, are the main points to be inspected. The gear case cover should be raised to permit Inspection of the gear teeth. If the gear tooth bearing is not well-distributed over the tooth surfaces, the parallelism of the pinion and gear bearings should be checked. 2. The oil cooler, oil strainer, and steam strainer should be cleaned. All oil piping should be disconnected and thoroughly washed and cleaned. A light coat of shellac should be applied to the flange faces in making up the joints. Weights I ' I 3. The weights of the principal parts of the unit, which may require handling are as given in the 'table below: j One Unit (Assembled complete.)-Actual Weight ....'.. 27480 lbs. A-C Generator and Exciter (Complete) ........................... 14000 lbs. Turbine (Complete) ......................................................................... 7620 lbs. Turbine Rotor (Bladed) ............................................................... 1250 lbs. Cylinder Cover ..................... 2320 lbs. Gear and Bedplate ........................................................................... Gear Case Cover .. Gear Wheel and Shaft'........................................ Generator Rotor ................................................................................ Generator Stator .................... ........... 7850 lbs. 760 lbs. 1162 lbs. 5050 lbs. 6475 lbs. Governor ..................................................................... Throttle Valve ................................... '........... Oil Cooler ............................................................... '................1.......... Oil Strainer .......................................................... !........... Generator Air Cooler ................................................. ...`........... 365 Its. 685 lbs. 835 lbs. 135 lbs. 790 lbs. 4. The weight of one complete set of turbine gear and generator spare parts (without boxes) and one set of tools is ^approximately 8990 pounds. ` 5. For the assistance of the operator in checking the condition of the unit and in performing such repairs as may become necessary, the following information and materials are furnished. Rotor Clearance Diagram 6. Figure T-26 shows the normal clearances and the clearance limits throughout the turbine. These clearances should be checked whenever an inspection of the turbine Is being made. - 128 Instructions for Care and Maintenance Bridge Gages 7. In order that the operator may have warning of any undue wear in the hearings of the unit, a set of three bridge gages is provided as shown on Figure T-27. One of these is for the turbine bearings, one for the pinion bearings, and one for the gear bearings. Each gage bears a plate which is stamped with the turbine serial numbers and the clearances that were found at the initial assembly. Holes are provided in the horizontal joint flanges in order that the bridge gages may be located by the pins "2" and "4 . Each gage is provided with two finished surfaces as shown in the elevation view, and the clearances between these finished surfaces and the journal are measured with feeler gages. Any deviation from the clearances originally established indicates lateral displacement of the shaft or wear of the bearing as the case may be. Rotor Lifting Gear And Guides 8. Figure T-28 shows the arrangement of the rotor lifting gear and guides. The guides are bolted to the turbine cylinder base, one at either side of the exhaust end and one at either side at the coupling end, the bearing pedestal covers, auto-stop cover and spindle-position indicator first having been removed. The guides serve to hold the rotor central when lifting and thus lessen the danger of damaging the blading. The lifting gear is fabricated from pipe and plate. The slings fit arpund the rotor as shown and then over the collars. The hanger is welded to the pipe at a point which balances the two ends and thus keeps the rotor level while it is being lifted. Rotor-Lifting Device for Removing Bearing Shells 9. In order that the turbine and pinion bearings may be examined or re moved without the necessity of lifting the turbine cylinder cover, two rotor-lifting yokes are furnished as shown in Figure T-29. By slipping these yokes into place as indicated in the figure and applying pressure on the jack screws the rotor may be raised sufficiently so that the lower halves of the bearings may be rolled out for examination or replacement. The jack support for the exhaust end Is supported from two of the bearing housing-flangp studs on either side and that for the coupling end from the two end studs of the gear housing flange, as shown in the illustration. Care should be taken when using these jacks to make sure that the rotor is raised just enough to take its weight off the bearings, because by the use of the jack screws the rotor might be lifted sufficiently to damage the . thin seal strips around the blading and dummy. Tools And Wrenches 10. Figure T-30 Is shown for the purpose of enabling the operator to famil iarize himself with the special wrenches and tools and the purpose for which they are intended. Those tools, the use of which is not immed iately obvious, are referred to at appropriate points in the foregoing text. Cylinder-Joint Sealing Grooves . 11. While the turbine horizontal and vertical joint flanges are carefully machined to a full bearing surface and the metal-to-metal joints made 's tight, in addition, the joint-flange surfaces are grooved and pipe-tapped } holes are provided, so that the grooves may be pumped full of sealing corn- 129 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unife pound if a leak should develop while the machine is in service. A pressure pumping gun for filling these grooves is supplied with the tools. 12. The arrangement of the sealing grooves and their filling connections is shown in Figure T-31. For the horizontal joints'*, tapped and plug ged holes are provided in the cylinder cover flange five`on each side. The figure shows one half of the cylinder cover the other half being symmetrical with the view shown. As will be noted by the arrows, three hole: have been designated as inlet holes, and the other as outlet holes. 13. To fill the grooves, start ah hole 1, leaving holes 2 and 3 open. Apply the pressure pumping gun and pump in compound until it flows out of holes 2 and 3. Then transfer the gun to hole 3 and pump until com pound flows out of holes 2 and 4. Then proceed to hole 5 and pump until compound flows out of hole 4. 14. For the vertical flange, six openings are provided and the method of filling is similar to that described above. 15. Note that care should be exercised to see that no air pockets remain in the groove. For example, after pumping at hole 1 until compound has flowed out of hole 2 when the gun is then put on hole 3, compound may shortly flow out of hole 2 and the operator may believe that he has filled the groove between holes 3 and 2. However, the first compound that appears out of hole 2 when pumping in hole 3 is probably some that was pumped past when pumping into hole 1. Therefore, the operator should disregard the first compound that comes out of hole 2 when pumping into hole 3 and make sure that he has expelled all of the air between hole 3 and 2. Repair Parts 16. The lists which face the several turbine (T-) illustrations Part VI have been compiled to facilitate ordering spare or renewal parts by name and number. Whenever parts are ordered, it is of utmost importance to give the serial number of the turbine or gear on which the parts are to be used. 17. A complete list of spare parts as supplied with the original equip ment will be found in Pages 515 to 530 of Part V of this instrction book. 'JsSSL.* Part II A-C. GENERATOR, D-C. EXCITER AND AIR COOLER Description Page A-G. GENERATOR, D-C. GENERATOR (EXCITER) AND GENERATOR AIR COOLER..................................................... 201-228 Sec. 1 -- Description of A-C. Generator. . . . 201 Sec. 2 -- Installation and Care of A-C. Generator; . ..................................................... 206 Sec. 3 -- Generator Air Cooler.................................. 211 Sec. 4 -- Description of D-C. Exciter (Generator).......................................................... 213 Sec. 5 -- Installation and Care of D-C. Exciter.............................................................. 217 Sec. 6 -- Dismantling A-C. Generator and Exciter............................................................................. 225 Sec. 7 Switchboard Temperature Indicator with Resistance Coil Detector. . . . 226 Illustrations (See Part VI)............................. G-l to G-6 Performance Data (See Part IV)........................................405-414 Spare Parts (See Part V).................................. 501-505 II !I J l i i 1 IifI S ii f Part II (Section 1) DESCRIPTION OF A-C. GENERATOR DESCRIPTION OF 1250-KW. A-C. GENERATOR Rating (Dwg. 31-J-651) 1. These generators are rated 1250 kw. (1562 kv-a.), 450 volts, 80$ power factor, 3 phase, 60 cycles, 1200 rpm. ,* excitation 120 volts, 133 amperes d-c.; temperature per Table No. 1, Method No. 2 for rotor, and Method No. 3 for stator. These generators are also designed to carry 125$ load for 2 hours with temperature rise of 15 C. higher than specified by Table No. 1 for continuous duty. In addition to the above ratings, the generators will carry 150$ load for 5 minutes. Complete rating table taken from Drawing 31-J-651 Is as follows: A-C. GENERATOR EATING Voltage (B-9) 450; 3 Phase (B-ll); 60 Cycles (B-10) D-C. GENERATOR RATING Load and Time Rating (B-8) Kw. (B-6) P. P. (B-7) Kv-a. Amps. Guar anteed Efficienoy (D-12d) D-C. Exci tation Required * Kw. Amps. Voltage 120 Kw. Anq>s. Effi. 50$ Cont. 75$ Cont. 100$ Cont. 625 938 1250 125$ 2 Hrs. 1562 150$ 5 Min. 1170 150$ 5 Min. # .80 781 1003 .80 1172 1504 .80 1562 2005 .80 1952 2506 .50 2340 3008 .80 3007 93.0 94.9 95.5 .... 10.5 87.4 8 67 12.2 101.3 12 100 13.9 U-5.3 16 133 15.9 132 19.8 165 155 20 167 18.6 155 Incl. in A-C. Gen. Effi ciency * Including Rheostat Losses 3- GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION (DWG . 31-J-651) (a.) Ambient Temperature of Reference (B-3) 500 C. (b) Table and Method of Measurement Table No. 1, Method No. 2 for Rotor; Method No. 3 for Stator c) Class of Insulation ........................ (B-4) "A" d) Degree of Enclosure ........................ (B-5) Enclosed !e) Method of Cooling ............................. f) Type of Rotating Member ............... (B-5) Water-Cooled (B-12) Revolving Field Direct Connected D-C. Generator The Eight A-C. Generators on each Ship are Suitable for Operating in Parallel (gi)) MMeaannsufaocftuErexrc'sitaTtiyopne an...d....C....l.a...s..s...:...... Special 6-44 x 22 Frame, h) Parallel Operation ........................... S.0. 10-P-812, 13-P-145 or 15-P-184 4. GENERATOR a) At Rated Load = 96.3$ TEST EFFICIENCY b) At 3/4 Load = 95-9$ c) At l/2 Load = 94.8$ 5 NAME PLATE DATA 1250 Kw. 1562 Kv-a. 450 Volts 2005 Amperes 80$ Power Factor 201 3 Phase 60 Cycles 1200 Rpm. 120 Exciting Volts 133 Exciting Amperes 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Frame And End Bells (Dwgs. 31-J-653, 31-J-654 and 31-J-668) 6. The frame is of the enclosed box-type composed of structural steel plates, sheets and forms which are securely welded together. The main portion consists of a heavy steel-ring frame and end plate. The arma ture punchings are stacked on transverse ribs and are securely held in position by means of a key. . 7. Sheet-steel end bells are fastened to the front and rear ends of the frame which provide an effective drip-proof enclosure. These end bells also distribute the cooling air which enters the machine near the shaft. This air is distributed radially throughout the rotor, passing across the air gap into the ventilation slots of the stator. After leaving the stator slots, the air is collected into an air duct which surrounds the machine and is returned to the air cooler located on the top of the machine. 8. Heavy, steel-slab feet, welded to the lower portion of the frame end rings insure rigid attachment of the generator to the bedplate. These feet are machined parallel to the shaft and are drilled for foundation bolts, and dowels. Heavy lifting eyebolts can be screwed into heavy blocks at the top of the frame. Core (Dwg. 31-J-652) 9. The core is built-up of special silicon-steel laminations, annealed and treated to prevent ageing and obtain minimum iron losses. The punchings are in the form of segments, with six segments making a complete circle and are held in position by a rectangular key. The laminations are spaced by 13 vent plates and have finger plates at each end to prevent loosening of the teeth. This arrangement permits cooling air to enter the inner portion of the core furnishing means for dissipating heat from the core. The core is held in place by two rolled-steel end plates, one of which is integral with, and the other keyed to the frame. Seventy-two slots, O.525" wide by 2.325" deep (finished size) are used. Terminals (Dwgs. 31-J-655 and 31-J-650) 10. The main generator leads which are marked "A", "B1', and "C" are brought out at the bottom of the generator frame. Two Micarta-terminal boards, namely a temperature-detector board and a space-heater board are located dn the bottom left-hand side of the frame as viewed from the turbine end. 11. Armature (Stator) Winding (Dwgs. 31-J-651 and 31-J-655) TABULATION OF WINDING 6 Pole - 3 Phase - 6 Parallel - 3 Leads - 72 Slots. ` Throw of Coil No. 1 - No. 12 Slots 4 Coils Per Group - 3 Groups per Pole - 18 Groups total per Generator. 12. The stationary armature has an inner bore of 33" and has 72 slots. The finished size of slot is .525" wide by 2.325" deep. The armature coil is of the diamond type, a.nd is composed of 2 turns, each turn consisting of ten strands of .081 ' thick by .204" wide double-cotton-covered copper ribbon placed 2 wide by 5 deep in the slot. The first coil lies in slots No. 1 and No. 12. The conductors are bound together with one layer of .0045" cotton tape, not lapped. Coils are then treated once in a moisture and oilresisting plastic varnish (Navy Spec. 52V13, Grade BB). The straight parts of the coils embedded in the slots are insulated with 1-1/2 turns of fish paper and mica, each turn being .012" thick. The end portions of the coils 202 Description of A-C. Generator are insulated by hand-taping with one layer of half-overlapping .010" varnished-cambric tape and finished with a layer of .007" cotton tape not lapped over the straight parts, but half-overlapped on ends. Coils are then treated twice all over, with two additional treatments on ends, in moisture and oil-resisting varnish (Wavy Spec. 52V13, grade BB). The assembled stator is given two treatments in a moisture and oil-resisting varnish. lj. The finished coils are laid in the armature slots which have special fishpaper cell linings .007" thick, which extend slightly beyond the core at each end. Treated fibre wedges are used to hold the coils in place in slots. The wedges are only as long as the packages of punchings in order to facilitate the entrance of air into the vent ducts. 14. Six resistance-coil temperature detectors are located between the armature coils in slots numbers 7* 19* 51* ^5* 55* and 67. 15. Coils are roped to insulated steel rings on each end of the winding to prevent distortion in case of short-circuits. Spider And Shaft (Dwgs. 31-J-652, 31-J-656, and 31-J-657) 16. The shaft is ma.de from forged steel and is provided with a flanged coupling on one end for connection to the turbine while the other end is ma.chined to receive the flange of the exciter coupling. The spider is ma. de up of .125" steel punchings and is held to the shaft by means of a key. Slots in the spider engage with the pole dovetails which are held in the slots by means of tapered keys. Bearings (Dwg. 31-J-658) 17. The exciter end of the shaft is supported by a, pedestal bearing. This bearing is of the split-sleeve type, having an upper and a lower steel bearing shell lined with babbitt. .The bearing is lubricated from the forced-feed lubrication system of the turbine. In addition to oil throwers machined on the shaft, oil seals are provided to prevent leakage from the bearing. Field Poles (Dwgs. 31-J-652 and 31-J-657) 18. The six poles are constructed of laminated electrical-steel punchings which are securely bound together by through rivets. The punchings in the ma.in portion of the poles consist of .063^ thick laminations. Sheetaluminum coil supports are riveted to each end of the pole ends. Five copper damper bars are provided in ea.ch pole and are brazed to angle seg ments. A copper ring is bolted to the angle segments, one on each end of the rotor, which completes the damper-winding circuit from pole to pole. Field (Rotor) Winding (Dwg. 31-J-657) 19- Each field coil consists of a. tota.l of 111 turns of copper strap, wound on edge Every fourth turn is extended 1/2" beyond the others at the ends of the coil in order to exposemore surface to the ventilating air. There are 82 turns at the top of the coil consisting of .032" x 2" copper strap and 2J turns at the bottom of coil of .04?" x 2" strap. Two thicknesses of . 00l" non-ferrousasbestos paper treated by shellac are placed between turns a.nd the coil pressed to size. During the pressing operation, the coil is heated by circulating current through it. The insulation to ground consists of .005" thick Kraft paper built up to a thickness of 1/iC" with an .03V thick fishpaper cell covering. Micarta 203 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Insulating washers are placed at the top and bottom of the coll when assem bling on the pole. The field resistahce is 0.524 ohm at 75 C. Collector Rings (Dwg. 31-J-659) 20. The two steel collector rings are located on the exciter end of the shaft and are insulated from the shaft by means of mica. Leads are brought from the.a-c. generator field coils to the collector along the outside of the generator shaft. Brush Rigging (Dwg. 31-J-659) 21. Pour brushes and four brushholders are furnished for each collector " ring. The brushholders are made of a bronze alloy and are arranged to use a brush 2" long by 1-1/4" wide by 3/4" thick. National Carbon Company SA-3538 brushes. Navy Spec. I7B8, Grade A are used. These brushes are manufactured by the National Carbon Company for the Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. Mechanical Rotation (Dwg. 31-J-650) 22. The rotation of the generator is clockwise as viewed from the exciter end. Phase Rotation (Dwg. 31-J-655) 23. When the mechanical rotation of the generator is clockwise viewed from the exciter end, the emfs. induced in the phases will reach positive maximum values in the following order A-B-C. Temperature (Dwg. 31-J-651) 24. The ambient temperature of reference for these machines Is 50 C. The test report which forms a part of this Instruction book contains detailed temperature rise data for the machine. Voltage Regulation: 25. Since these generators are equipped with voltage regulators the in herent voltage regulation of the generators is of little importance. However, the inherent voltage regulation was determined by computation from the open-circuit and zero-power-factor saturation curves of the machine. 26. With the generator operating at rated load, voltage, power factor and with 115-3 field amperes, when the load is reduced to zero the voltage rises 25-1$, that is, the inherent regulation of the generator is 25.1* 27. Voltage regulators will operate automatically to maintain the normal 450 volts alternating current (a.verage of 3 phases) within the following limits, with the alternating current generators operating at any load up to rated load and at any power factor from .80 to unity. (a) With small variations in load the voltage will not vary more than + 1$. (b) With a sudden increase in load amounting to not more than 50$ of full-load current at normal voltage, the generator voltage, will fall not more than 5$ and will return to normal within two seconds. These limits are still good even though the load increase may be at low power factor such as would be the case if an induction motor were started. 204 Description of A-C. Generator 28. In order to fulfil these requirements, the generators are designed with a transient reactance not to exceed 20% and with a voltage drop across the collector rings of approximately 65 volts at full load, rated voltage and power factor. Short-Circuit Currents 29. The sustained short-circuit current per phase Is calculated to he as follows : (l) With the regulator In operation approximately 7750 amperes. (2J Without the regulator in operation and with full load excitation, approximately ?220 amperes. The windings are designed to withstand the stresses Incident to short-cir cuits when the machine is operated at full load, rated voltage and power factor. Phase Unbalance 30. These generators are designed to carry a maximum single-phase load of 25^ of their rated line amperes, simultaneously with a balanced three- phase load. Under conditions of a single-phase, unity-power-factor load of 25$ of rated amperes, the regulation will not exceed 25^ of rated line amperes, the regulation will not exceed 5^- Parallel Operation (Dwg. 31-J-651) 31. When two or more of these generators are operated in parallel, using automatic voltage regulators, -under load conditions varying from 20^ to 125$ of the combined generator rating, the maximum difference in the current supplied by any one generator from that supplied by any other < generator will not exceed 10% of the rated current of one generator. Illustration: 52. See Figure G-l (Dwg. 3I-J-650) Assembly of A-C. Generator and Exciter. 205 Part II , (Section 2) INSTALLATION AND CARE OF A-C. GENERATOR Handling INSTALLATION OF A-C. GENERATOR 1. It Is easily possible, by rough handling or careless use of bars or ' hooks, to do more damage to a machine before or during erection than It would receive in years of regular service. 2. Care should be taken In transporting and handling the machines to see that the windings are not damaged. A blow upon any part of the wind ings is liable to Injure the insulation and result in a burn-out of the coil. 3. Lifting of the machines by cranes should be done with the greatest care. The stators are provided with lifting rings screwed into inserts in the tops of the frames. Into which the crane hooks should be In serted. D-C. generator frames and the combined unit consisting of an a-c. and a d-c. generator may be lifted by .means of these two rings. The bottom of the air gap should be shimmed before lifting. 4. The rotors should be lifted preferably with rope slings looped around the shafts or around the poles. If chains are used, they should not be looped around the journals unless the latter are properly protected. In no case should the ropes or chains be allowed to exert pressure on the wind ings, collector rings, or damper windings. Drying Out 5. If there is reason to believe that the windings have been exposed to moisture during shipment or erection, it is well to subject them to a drying process before putting the machine into regular operation. The windings can be dried by passing current through them or by the-use of the space heaters mounted within the generator frame. 6. One way of circulating current through the windings without subjecting them to full voltage is to drive the ma.chine and short-circuit the armature, applying enough field excitation to give somewhat less than full load arma.ture current. A second method is to apply a low voltage from an external source to the armature winding. If the current is kept down to less than full-load current, there is a possibility that the ma.chine will not rotate. If It does not rotate or if It rotates at less than synchronous speed, the damper winding should be watched to see that it does not overheat. The field winding should be short-circuited during the drying operation. 7. In a.11 cases of drying by means of current In the windings the tempera ture measured by thermometer should not be allowed to exceed 65 C. In general, the drying should proceed slowly at first and the heaping grad ually Increased as the insulation dries. It Is well to take readings of in sulation resistance by means of a "megger" at intervals as this gives a good Indication of the state of the insulation. 8. In some cases it is impracticable to dry the windings by heat generated within the machine and external heat must be used. A tarpaulin should be used to cover the machine and some source of heat, preferably electric heaters, placed within the enclosure. 206 Installation and Care of A-C. Generator Insulation Resistance 9. The insulation resistance of windings is measured usually with an in strument called a "megger-". This measurement gives an indication of the condition of the insulation, particularly with'regard to moisture and dirt. The actual value of resistance varies greatly in different machines, "depending on the size and voltage. The chief value of the measurements, therefore, is in the relative values of resistance of the same machine taken at various times. During a drying-out run, for example, the insulation resistance rises as the winding dries out, although it may fall slightly at first. When measurements are made at regular-intervals as part of the main tenance routine, it is thus possible to detect an abnormal condition of the insulation and take steps to remedy it before a failure occurs. 10. The insulation resistance of stator windings of machines in good condi tion is usually not less than the following:- Insulatlon Resistance _ Machine Voltage x 3 (In Megohms) Rated Kv-a. + 1000 EXAMPLE: 1250-Kw. (1562-Kv-a.) 450-Volt. A-C. Generator Insulation Resistance 450 x 3 (In Megohms) = 1562 + 1000 " O.526 Adjustment of Air Gap - 11* In lining-up the generator on the bedplate, great care must be exer cised in adjustment of the air gap between the armature core and pole faces, as any Inequality in the gap will cause unnecessary friction and heating of the bearings, and unequal heating of the armature iron. During these adjustments, gage the air gap at different points from each side of the machine. Gages for this purpose should extend to the center of the core. Necessary feeler gages are included in the spare parts and tools furnished for each vessel. The may also be made from thickness or "feeler" gage stock that can be procured in various micrometer thicknesses and any suitable length. Brush Fit 12. Brushes and brushholders should be examined before the ma.chine is started up to make sure that the brushholders are in the proper posi tion a.nd that there is a proper fit between the collector a.nd the brushes, so that the brush is free in the holder. If the fa.ces of the brushes do not conform to the collector, it will be necessary to grind them in. This operation is always necessary when new brushes are installed. In the case of fitting new brushes or damaged brushes, the operator should use sand paper "Grade 1-1/2" for the roughing cut and "Grade 0" for the final fit. Draw the sandpaper in the direction of rotation under the brushes releasing pressure as the paper is drawn back being ca.reful to keep the ends of the paper a.s close to the collector as possible and thus avoiding rounding the edges of the brushes. It will be found by this means a satisfactory con tact is quickly secured, each brush being similarly treated in turn. CARE OF A-C. GENERATOR General Rules 15- Leave all switches and breakers open when machine is not running. 14. At all times keep the machine clean and free from oil and dust, especially from carbon or copper dust. It is good practice to use 207 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit dry compressed air to blow out dirt which accumulates in the windings. The pressure used should not exceed 50 pounds per square inch, as a higher pres sure may lift the insulation wrappings on the windings and blow dust inside the coils. (In cases where higher pressure air supply is available, a throttling valve should be used). Always allow any accumulation of water in the pipes to be blown out before turning the ait blast on the machine. Cleaning with air pressure should be followed by thorough wiping with a cloth. The dirt which clings to the field.coil washers should be removed carefully, since it may accumulate and form a conducting path from coil to ground. A coat of insulating varnish applied to armature and field coils, after they have been cleaned, will protect the insulation. An air hose should be applied to the air ducts through the stator punchings, since an accumulation of dirt at this point will impede the free flow of cooling air. 15. In case oil vapor has been allowed to enter the machine and deposit on the coils:- dirt, carbon dust, etc. will stick to the coils and cannot be removed by blowing out. This can be removed by wiping the coils and swabbing out the vent ducts with cloths which have been dampened with carbon tetrachloride. It is necessary to remove the rotor in order to clean out the ducts. The major source of oil deposit on the windings is leakage from the gland seal on the gear bearing. , (a) Leakage from the gland seal on the gear bearing. This can be de tected by carefully cleaning the shaft outside the bearing and chalking it. The chalk will be discolored if oil Is leaking from the seal. If the seal leaks, the vent pipe leading to the laby rinth should be examined to make sure it is not stopped up and that It terminates In still air and where air pressure is at mospheric. 16. Keep small pieces of iron, and bolts and tools away from the machine. Any such fragments attracted to the armature or to a pole may jam between the armature and pole and cause serious damage. 17. Occasionally remove the drip-proof covers and end bells and give the machine a thorough inspection. Causes of Insufficient Voltage 18. The following causes may prevent generators from developing their normal voltage: (a) The switchboard instruments may be Incorrect and the voltage may be higher than that indicated or the current may be greater than Is shown by the readings. (b) The regulator may be set to regulate for too low a voltage. (c) Part of the field or armature windings may be shorted or improperly connected. ' 19. This generator and regulator unit is designed to maintain practically constant voltage through the range from no-load to 150^ load. Loads greater than 150^ or lesser loads with power factors below rated load may cause insufficient voltage. However, the regulator will operate to over load the machine or over-exeite the generator field in case of low power factor or underspeed, rather than permit insufficient voltage throughout.the range from zero to full load. Phase Sequence 20. The phase sequence obtained on these generators referred to the correct direction of mechanical rotation is stated in a preceding page of this 208 Installation of A-C. Generator instruction book,, under the heading "Phase Rotation". The phase sequence will be reversed if the generators are rotated mechanically in the opposite direction. Reversing the field does not affect the phase rotation. Should it be desired to reverse the phase rotation of the Emfs. of the bus to which the generator is connected, disconnect any two of the bus leads from the generator terminal board and reconnect them each to the terminal from which the other was disconnected. Excitation - 21. When a generator operates alone, without being paralleled with other generators, the field current is adjusted for each change in load so as to maintain rated voltage by the voltage regulator. 22. A generator operated in parallel with another generator may ha.ve its excitation varied through a fairly wide range while delivering the same kilowatt output at rated voltage. A change in field current under these conditions changes the power factor of the generator, that is, the reactive kv-a. of the system is shifted between it and the generator with which it is paralleled. Wo change in kilowatt output can be effected by va.ria.tion of the field current. When duplicate generators are operated in pa.ra.llel it is desirable to divide the reactive kv-a.. load of the system between them in the same proportion as the kilowatt load is divided. This is accomplished by the provision of cross-current compensation in the volt age regulator which automatically adjusts the field current on the two machines so that reactive current cannot circulate between them. Collector Rings And Brushes 25. One of the most common sources of trouble with synchronous machines is sparking at the collector rings. Much of this trouble is due to the la-ck of proper care. The collector is one of the most important parts of the ma.chine and should be frequently inspected. 24. Any black spots that a,ppea.r on the-surface of the collector should be removed by rubbing lightly with fine sandpa.per the first time that the machine is shut down. It is very important that this be done be cause while these spots are not serious in themselves, they will lea.d to pitting of the rings and the necessity of regrinding. However, no ha.rm is is done to the rings if the condition is corrected at once. 25. Sometimes an imprint of the brushes will be found on a. machine which is subjected to moisture or a.eid fumes which will act on the surface of the ring. In case the machine is shut down for any length of time, the fumes will act upon the surface of the ring, except where it is in contact with the brushes. The surface of the ring will be slightly high at this point. This causes the brush to jump slightly and to arc and thus burn its imprint on the ring. In such an installation it is good practice for the operator when shutting down the machine to apply a little paraffin to the rings a.s the machine comes to a stop and while they are still wa.rm. In genera.l, rings give better service when the machine is run continuously than when it is shut down a. part of the time. 26. Another cause of brush imprint on the rings is a. slight unbalance in the rotor which causes a jerk or movement of the rings once every revolution. This results In the brush jumping with a consequent small arc, which in time burns an imprint of the brush on the ring. 27- Brush imprints due to fumes will occur a.t any point where the machine happens to stop. Imprints due to rotor unbalance will always occur at the same place on the ring relative to the rotor. 209 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 28. Since there is always an electrolytic action on the surface of a ring, the collector operation is improved by occasionally-reversing the polarity of the rings. Sometimes trouble will occur on one ring only and by reversing the polarity every day or so, the troub.le will entirely disappear. 29. Occasionally ring trouble will arise from a ring not being of uniform hardness so that it wears unevenly. Such a ring should be replaced. Ordering of Renewal Parts >0. When ordering renewal parts, give the name plate reading. Always give the name of the parts wanted, also the stock order and serial numbers of apparatus on which the part is to be used. The latter will be found stamped on the name plate and in the metal under the name plate. 31. A list of Spare Parts, as provided with the original equipment will be found on Pages 501 to 504, Part V of this instruction book. ) 210 Part II (Section 3) GENERATOR AIR COOLER Installation 1. Ports are provided on the inlet and outlet cover for connections to sea-water line. The upper ports may be used for inlet and the lower ports for outlet, or vice-versa. 2. Strainers or filters, if used to exclude foreign matter or solids, must be installed on the inlet side. The cooling water must be free of foreign matter larger than .250" screen openings. Strainers or filters are essential if liquids circulated through the cooler contain foreign matter larger than specified. 3. 5/l6"-l8 Tapped holes are provided in the angle frames for attach ment of the cooler in the air duct. 4. The l/8" pipe plugs which are inserted in the tell-tale holes be fore shipment should be removed before the cooler is put in opera . tion. Operation 5. Open water valves fully. 6. Manipulate handwheels until desired air temperature regulation is secured. . 7. No other operating instructions are necessary. Maintenance 8. Clean strainers in sea-water inlet line as frequently as required to provide unrestricted flow. 9. The inside of the tubes should be cleaned as frequently as necessary to provide unrestricted flow of sea-water. The unit should be in spected at long intervals to see if the fins on the outside of the tubes require cleaning from deposits of oil and grease from leaky bearings, or carbon from brush wear. 10. Coolers are provided with zinc electrodes to centralize electroly sis. The electrodes should be examined 30 days after installation, and checked every 30 days thereafter. 11. Observe notations on applicable assembly drawings. Cleaning 12. Close valves in pipe connections to and from cooler; disconnect a.ir ducts, and remove the unit from the piping. 13. Disconnect inlet and rear covers to expose inside of tubes. 14. Clean inside of tubes by application of steam jet and use of rods where necessary. 15* Clean outside of tubes by use of steam jet, drying with compressed air. 211 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit ]6. Clean any foreign matter from inside of inlet and rear covers. 17. Reassemble, using new gaskets when necessary. 18. Reinstate operation by following instructions under "Operation" Illustration 19. See Figure G-2 (Drawing A-33-53) "Generator Air Cooler" in Part VI of this instruction book. Spare or Renewal Parts 20. For spare or renewal parts, see Pages 507 to 508, Part V of this instruction book. 212 Part II (Section 4) DESCRIPTION OF D-C. EXCITER DESCRIPTION OF 16-KW. D-C. EXCITER Rating (Dwg. 5-A-9812) 1. These generators are rated 16-kw., 120 volts, 1200 rpm.; temperature per Table No. 1, Method No. 2. These generators are also designed to carry 125$ load for 2 hours with a temperature rise of 15 C. higher than specified for continuous duty. 2. Complete rating information taken from Drawing 5-A-9812 is a.s follows :- 5. GENERATOR RATING !a.) Volts - 120, 2-wire b) Amperes - 133 c) Kw. - 16 d) Rpm. _ 1200 (e) Duty - Full load continuous, 125$ load for 2 hours, (f) Method of temperature measurement - Table No. 1, Method No. 2. 4. GENERATOR CLASSIFICATION !a.) Degree of Enclosure - Drip-proof - Open b) Method of Cooling - Natural c) Class of Insulation - Class "A" (d) Type of Winding (fields) - Shunt Wound with Stabilizing Series and Commutating Field Coils. (e) Ambient Temperature of Reference - 50 C. (f) Manufa.cturer's typeand class - Special 103-6 Frame, Type "SK", S.0. IO-P-815, 13-P-148 or 15-P-187 5. GENERATOR TEST EFFICIENCY (a) At Rated Load = 90.3$ (b) At 3/4'Rated Load = 90.2$ (c) At 1/2 Rated Loa.d = 89-0$ 6. NAME PLATE DATA 16 Kw. 120 Volts , 133 Amperes Frame (Dwg. 31-J-207) 1200 Rpm. 2.4 Shunt Field Amperes Stabilized Shunt Wound 7. The frame is fabricated from hot-rolled steel slab. The inner sur face is bored to provide a seat for the field poles, and is accurately spaced and drilled for the pole bolts which pass through the frame into tapped holes in the pole pieces. The feet are fabricated from heavy steel plate welded to the frame to insure rigid support. Terminals (Dwg. 31-J-207) 8. Three exciter leads, marked "Fl", "A2", a.nd "Si" are brought out to a.n ebony-a.sbestos terminal board loca.ted at the bottom of the frame. This board is provided with approved type solderless connectors for connect ing to the ships' cables. Leads "Si" and "A2" are provided with connectors suitable for type DHFA-100 ships' cable and lead "Fl" with connectors for type SHFA-4 ships' cable. 213 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 9. The clockwise rotation as viewed from the commutator end, lead "A2" should connect to the plus (+) line, lead "Pi" to the field rheostat and then to the plus line, and lead "Si" to the minus (-) line. Main Poles (Dwg. 31-J-207) 10. The six main poles are constructed of laminated electrical-steel punchings which are securely bound together by through rivets. The poles are located symmetrically with respect to the magnet frame. The main pole single air gap is 5/64". Individual field poles are secured to the magnet frame by tap bolts which screw into tapped holes in the pole body. Commutating Poles (Dwg. 31-J-207) 11. The six commutating poles are machined from a solid hot-rolled steel slab and have a single air gap of 5/32". The pole face is machined to give the correct commutating field form. The coils are held securely in place on-the pole by means of two steel support strips. These poles are secured to the magnet frame in the same manner as the main poles. Field Windings (Dwg. 5-A-9812) 12. Each shunt field coil consists of 879 turns of .064" single-cot.toncovered round copper wire. The coils are wound on a shell consisting of l/l6" thick Micarta tube and l/8" thick fullerboard end washers. Lshaped pieces of .015" fishpaper are placed along sides of coils to pro tect them from coming in contact with the generator frame and pole tips. A piece of .024" thick paper and cloth insulation is placed on each end where the series coil hangers rest. The wound coil is taped overall with a layer of .007" cotton tape half-overlapping and then impregnated by the vacuum-and-pressure method. The finished coil receives one treatment of shellac and two dipping-and-baking treatments in an insulating varnish. 13. The coil ends are made from 4l strands of .010" braid-covered cable and are 10" long. The shunt leads to the exterior of the frame con sist of 19 of .0142 rubber-insulated water-proof cable. The field resis tance is 23 ohms at 75 C. 14. Each series field coil consists of 5~l/2 turns of .289" double-cottoncovered square copper wire. The coil is wound on a l/l6" thick paper tube formed on a mould. The coil is taped overall with three half-over lapped layers of .007" cotton tape. A piece of .010" treated cloth is placed tinder the second layer of tape on each end where the sheet steel hanger is fastened. The hanger is insulated from the coil by a piece of .028" cotton duck and fastened to the coil with several layers of .007" cotton tape. The coil is then impregnated by the vacuum-and-pressure method. The finished coil receives one treatment of shellac and then two dippingand-baking treatments in an insulating varnish. The series coil fits over the shunt coil and is held tightly in position by means of sheet-steel hangers and steel springs between the coil and magnet frame. 15. Each commutating field coil winding consists of 14-1/2 turns of .25" x - .5" bare copper strap, edgewound with 2 thicknesses of shellac-treated asbestos paper .007" thick between turns. The coil is assembled in a shell consisting of a l/l6" thick Micarta center tube and l/8" thick fullerboard end washers. The finished coil receives 4 treatments in an insulating var nish. The coils are firmly held In position by two sheet-steel strips fastened to opposite sides of the pole and bent into the shape of a flat "U". 214 Description of D-C. Exciter Armature Core (Dwg. 31-J-210) 16. The core is built-up of special sheet-steel punchings carefully annealed and treated, so that the iron losses will be a minimum. The punchings which are a complete ring with slots for taking armature coils are stacked directly on the shaft. A key between the punchings and shaft keeps them in a fixed position on the shaft. The punchings have 45 slots .517" wide by 1.155" deep (finished size). Armature Winding (Dwgs. 31-J-210 and 5-A-9812) 17. ' The armature has 45 coils of the open-diamond type. The coil is made 5 wide by 2 deep from 6 strands of .064" x .204" double-cotton-covered copper ribbon. The coil is pulled to shape, then dipped and baked with an insulating varnish (Navy Grade BB, Specification 52-V-13). The coil is insulated on the slot portion by means of .012" thick fishpaper and mica interwoven between conductors and finished with 1-1/2 turns around the out side of the coil, taped with a layer of .005" cotton tape which is halfoverlapped on ends and slightly spaced on the slot portion. The coil is then dipped and baked in an insulating varnish (Navy Grade BB, Specifica tion 52-V-13). A .010" thick paraffined fishpaper slot liner is used when winding the coils into the core. The first coils lie in slots No. 1 and No. 8 and connected to commutator bars No. 1 and No. 46. The winding is of the wave-progressive type with a "dead" coil. The ends of the coils are held in place by a 1-1/V' wide banding made of 0.0455" diameter steel banding wire. The wound armature is then given three dipping-and-baking treatments with an insulating varnish (Navy Grade BB, Specification 52-V-I5). Commutator (Dwgs. 31-J-210 and 5-A-9812) 18. The commutator is the V-ring bound type. The bars are of hard-drawn copper with a slotted neck portion for receiving the armature coil ends. The bars.are held between steel V-rings insulated with formed mica "V" plates. The 134 bars are insulated from each other with mica plate .0321' thick, undercut 1/32". The a.rma.ture conductors are soldered into the slotted commutator necks and banded on top. A ring nut located on the threaded front end of the shaft is provided for securing the front Y-ring in plane on the shaft. Brush Rigging (Dwgs. 31-J-208 and 31-J-209) 19. The brush rigging if of the rocker-ring type. The brass brushholders are supported from 6 round steel rods pressed and bolted into a heavy Micarta. rocker ring. The rocker ring is bolted to the front bracket a.nd can be shifted by loosening the two bolts which clamp, by means of a friction joint, the rocker ring to the bearing housing. After determining the proper position of the rocker ring these bolts are tightened and the ring doweled in place to the bracket. There a.re 18 single, brass d-c. brushholders. The brushholders clamp tightly by means of clamping screws to the brush rod. The brushholder connections are taken directly from this clamp ing screw. The brushholders are the proper size for one brush, 3/8" thick x 3/4" wide x 1-1/2" long. Stackpole WL-27 brushes a.re used which meet the requirements of Navy Spec. 1?B8, Grade B. These brushes are manufactured by the Stackpole Carbon Co. for Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Co. Ea.ch brushholder has a. spring that presses firmly aga.inst the top of the brush insuring correct pressure of the brush on the commutator. Brush pressure is adjusted by moving the brushholder either uo or down in rela tion to the rectangula.r brush rod. 90 grooves of l/lo1' pitch on both the brush rod and brushholder serve to hold the brushholder in the position selected. Spring pressure must be 1 pound at tip of brush. The brushes are provided with flexible copper shunts from the brush to the holder so tha.t the contact between the sides of the brush and holder is not depended upon to carry the current. 215 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Shaft (Dwg. 31-J-656) 20. The shaft is made from a steel forging and has a forged flange for bolting to the a-c. generator shaft. Bearing (Dwg. 31-J-208) 21. The exciter end of the shaft is supported at the commutator end by a split-sleeve type babbitt-lined bearing. The bearing is lubricated from the forced-feed lubrication system of the turbine. Rotation (Dwg. 31-J-650) 22. The rotation of the exciter is clockwise facing the commutator end. Temperature (Dwg. 5-A-9812) 23. The ambient temperature of reference is 50 C. The temperatures are in accordance with Table No. 1, Method No. 2, Navy Spec. 17*17* These generators are capable of carrying 25$ overload for 2 hours with a tempera ture rise of 15 C. higher than specified for continuous duty. Voltage Regulation (Dwg. 5-A-9812) 24. The exciter has windings which give a voltage regulation as required to best suit the characteristics of the alternating-current generator and voltage regulator. Illustration 25- See Figure G-l (Dwg. 31-J-650) "Assembly of A-C. Generator and Ex citer". 216 Part II (Section 5) INSTALLATION AND CARE OF D-C. EXCITER INSTALLATION OF D-C. EXCITER Handling 1. It is easily possible, by rough handling, or careless use of bars or hooks, to do more damage to a machine before or during erection than it would receive in years of regular service. 2. The armature is liable to damage, since its own weight is sufficient to crush the winding if it is lowered on or swung against a projec tion. Never support the armature entirely or in part by the commutator either when raised by blocking, or when held by a rope sling. Lift it by a rope sling about the shaft, taking great care that the ropes do not touch the windings at the back end of the armature. Do not allow workmen to stand on the commutator. 3. The end bracket when attached to the frame, protects the field coils somewhat against damage from an outside source. However, under this condition, coils and wiring-around-frame connections in the rear are ex posed to external blows if the frame is' swung against projections. If the end bracket is not in place, the field windings can be easily damaged. Therefore, careful handling of these parts is necessary. Drying Out 4. If a generator has been exposed to dampness, as in the case on ship board when not in use for a considerable time, or before being started in regular service, it should be run with a low voltage, adjusting the load to give a current which will raise the tempera.ture to approximately 70 C. This temperature should be maintained during the drying process by raising or lowering the current as required. , ' 5* There is always danger of overheating the windings of a machine when drying them with current, as the inner parts, which cannot quickly dissipate the heat generated in them, and which cannot be examined, may get dangerously hot, while the more exposed and more easily cooled portions are still a.t a compa.ratively moderate temperature. Therefore, the tempera ture of the hottest pant accessible should always be observed, while the machine is being dried out in this way, and should not be allowed to exceed 8o C. total temperature. 6. If it is found that the generator is in a very damp condition, it will require several hours to dry It out, as the insulation Is more easily injured when damp than when comparatively dry. In such extreme cases, it will be better to bring up the temperature slowly at first----- not allowing the maximum temperature to be reached until part of the dampness is expelled. Insulation Test 7. In order to determine whether the drying-out process as indicated above, has been sufficiently thorough, the process is supplemented by an insulation test conducted either by the use of a megger which gives the resistance in megohms, or in the following manner: Use a direct-current voltmeter, of which the resistance in ohms is known (generally marked on label inside the instrument cover). Connect this to a direct-current cir cuit, and note the indication of the voltage. Then connect the resistance to be measured in series with the voltmeter and take a second reading. 217 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 8. The measured resistance is calculated from the formula: R = r(V-v) v V = Voltage of the line. v = Voltage reading with insulation in series with voltmeter, r = Resistance of voltmeter in ohms. R = Resistance of insulation. 9- If a grounded circuit is used in making this measurement, care must be taken to connect the grounded side of the line to the frame of the machine to be measured, and the voltmeter between the windings and the other side of the circuit. Brush Position 10. The correct brush position has been located a.t the factory and the rocker ring doweled to the end bracket to prevent any movement. Brush Fit 11. The brushes and brushholders should be examined before the machine is started up to make sure that the brushholders are in the proper posi tion and that there is a, proper fit between the commutator and the brushes. If the face of the brush does not conform to the commutator, it will be necessary to grind the same as illustrated inFigure(b) page 220. This operation is always necessary when new brushes are installed. In the case of fitting new brushes or damaged brushes the operator should use sand paper, "Grade 1-1/2" for the roughing cut and "Grade 0" should be used for the final fit. Staggering Brushes 12. Sta.ggering Is done to cause the commutator to wear evenly and should be done, theoretically. In pairs of arms (not alternate arms) that is, one positive with one of its adjacent negative arms should be set, to the right or left, of the initial pair. The third pair should trail the first pair; the fourth the second, SeeFlgure(a) page 220. General Rules CARE OE D-C. EXCITER 13- At a.ll times keep the generator clean and free from oil and dust, especially from copper or carbon dust. With high-voltage machines a small accumulation of dust on the windings may be the cause of serious burnout. It is good practice to use compressed air to blow out dirt which accumulates in the windings. The pressure used in such service should not exceed 25 pounds per square inch, as a. higher pressure ma.y lift the insula. tion wrappings on the windings and blow dust inside the coils. (in cases where higher pressure supply is a.va.ila.ble a throttling valve should be used). Always allow any accumulation of water in the pipes to be blown out before turning the air blast on the machine. 14. Keep small pieces of iron and bolts and tools away from the frame. . Any such fragments that are attracted to the pole of a. field magnet may jam between the armature and pole and ca.use serious damage. 15* Occasionally give the machine a thorough inspection. 218 ) Care of D-C. Exciter Causes of Insufficient Voltage 16. The following causes may prevent' generators from developing their normal voltage. (a) The speed of the generator may be below normal. (b) The switchboard instruments may be incorrect and the voltage may be higher than that indicated, or the current may be greater than is shown by the readings. (c) Part of the shunt field may be reversed or short-circuited. (d) The brushes may be incorrectly set. (e) An excessive part of the field rheostat or other unnecessary resistance may be in the field circuit. Reversing Polarity - 17- To change the polarity of a generator keeping the same rotation, it is necessary, to reverse the residual magnetism which is done by exciting the shunt field momentarily in the opposite direction from some outside source. Excitation 18. When starting up, a generator ma.y fail to excite itself. This may occur even when the generator operated perfectly during the preceding run; It will generally be found that this trouble is caused by a loose connection or break In the field circuit, by poor contact at the brushes due to a. dirty commutator, or perhaps to a fault in the rheostat, or In correct position of brushes. Examine a.11 connections; try a temporarily increased pressure on the brushes; look for a broken or burnt-out resistance coil in the rheostat. An open-circuit in the field winding may sometimes be traced with the aid of a magneto bell, but this is not an infallible test as some ma.gnetos will not ring through a circuit of such high resis tance as some field windings have, even though it be intact. If no open circuit is found in the rheostat or in the field windings, the trouble is probably in the armature. 19- If it can be found that nothing is wrong with the connections or the winding it may be necessary to excite the field from another generator or some other outside source. Calling the generator we desire to excite No. 1, and the other machine from which the current is drawn No. 2, the following procedure should be followed: Turn field rheostat on generator No. 1 to the "All-In" position, open all switches and remove all brushes from generator No. 1, connect any one positive brushholder on generator No. 1 to any one positive brushholder on generator No. 2; also connect two negative brushholders together (it is desirable to complete the circuit through a switch having a fuse of about 15 amperes capacity in series). Close the switch. If the shunt winding of generator No. 1 is all right its field will show considerable magnetism. If possible, reduce the voltage of generator No. 2 before opening the exciting circuit; then break the connections. If this cannot be done, throw in all the rheostat resistance of generator No. 1; then open the switch very slowly, lengthening out the * arc which will be formed until it breaks. 20. If the generator does not pick-up voltage after it ha.s been established that the shunt field is functioning, it is evident that there is some thing wrong with the armature, either a short-circuit or a.n open-circuit. 219 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 'A / Positive / V//////A V, / ''//////. 3 / ////////, .N \ Negative \ W\\\\\^ > s N \w\\\s K s s WW\\\ Yy ' / Positive '// ///////. / V////A \\ '/////// \' ^Neqative \s S \ 's| s W\\\vV \\ \www Fig. (a) - Correct Method of Staggering Brushes Fig. (b) - Proper .Method of Grinding Brushes 220 Care of D-C. Exciter 21. If a new machine refuses to excite and the connections seem to be all right, reverse the connections, i.e., connect the wire which leads from the positive brush to the negative brush and the wire which leads from the negative brush to the positive brush. If this change of connections does no good, change back and locate the fault as previously described. Brushes 22. The ends of all brushes should be fitted to the commutator so that they make good contact over their entire bearing face. This can be most easily accomplished after the brushholders have been adjusted and the brushes inserted. Lift a set of brushes sufficiently to permit a sheet of sandpaper to be inserted. Draw the sandpaper in the direction of rotation under the brushes releasing the pressure as the paper is drawn back being careful to keep the ends of the paper as close to the commutator surface as possible, thus avoid rounding the edges of the brushes. It will be found by this means that satisfactory contact is quickly secured,* each set of brushes should be similarly treated in turn. (See Figure(b) page 223). 23. With brushes of good quality, no oil is necessary for lubricating the commutator; oil has a tendency to "gum" the surfaces of the brushes. If lubrication is required use a piece of canvas impregnated with paraffin. ' 24. Make frequent inspection to see that: (a) Brushes are not sticking In holders. (b) "Pig-tail" shunts are properly attached to brushes and holders. (c) Tension is changed as brush wears. (d) Worn-out brushes are replaced before they reach their limit of travel a.nd break contact with the commuta.tor. (e) Remove a.ny free copper picked up by the face of the brush. Commutator 25. The commutator is perhaps the most important feature of the whole machine in that it is most sensitive to abuse. Under normal condi tions, it should require little attention beyond frequent inspection. The surface should always be kept smooth and if through extreme carelessness, neglect or accident, it becomes badly roughened, the armature should be removed and the commutator turned down in an engine la,the. 26. Sometimes a little sandpapering is all that is necessary. Emery cloth or paper should never be used for this purpose on account of the continuous abrasive action of the emery which may become embedded in the copper bars and brushes. Even when sandpaper is used the brushes should be raised and the commutator wiped clean with a piece of canvas lubricated with a very small quantity of vaseline. Cotton waste should never be used and an excess of lubricant must be avoided. 27. All commutators are thoroughly baked a.nd tightened before leaving the factory, but if a bar should work loose It should be attended to promptly. The same may be said of flat spots or "flats" which will some times occur, due to a loose bar, unusually soft copper, or even to severe flash or short-circuit. ' 28- Under normal conditions the commutator should become dark and highly polished after a few weeks' operation, and so remain unchanged for years. 221 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 29- Trouble is sometimes experienced from the burning-out of mica insula tion between segments. This is most commonly caused by allowing the mica to become oil-soaked or by the bars loosening and thus allowing foreign conducting material to work its way between them. It is rarely, if ever, definitely traced to excessive voltage between bars. When this burning does occur it may be effectively stopped by scraping out the burned mica and filling the space with a solution of sodium silicate (water glass) or other suitable insulating cement. 30. Even with the most careful workmanship, high mica will sometimes de velop and start sparking, which burns away the copper and aggravates the difficulty. By prompt action serious damage can be prevented by cut ting away the mica to a depth of 3/64 of an inch. Sparking at The Brushes 31. Sparking at the brushes may be due to any of the following causes: !a) The machine may be overloaded. b) The brush may not be set exactly on neutral, . c) The brushes may be wedged in the holders or have reached the end of their travel. (d) The brushes may not be fitted to the circumference of the com mutator. (e) The brushes may not bear on the commutator with sufficient pressure. f) The brushes may be burned on the ends. ig) Thecommutator may be rough; if so, it should be smoothed off. h) A commutator bar may be loose, or may project above the others. i) The commutator may be dirty, oily or-worn out. ij) Thecarbon brushes may be of an unsuitable grade, k) The brushes may not be spaced equally around the periphery of the commutator. (l) Some brushes may have extra pressure and may be taking more than their share of the current. _ !m) High mica, n) Vibration of the brushes, o) Incorrect brush angle. 32. These are more common causes, but sparking may be due to an open circuit or loose connection in the armature. This trouble Is In dicated by a bright spark which appears to pass completely around the com mutator and may be recognized by the scarring of the commutator at the point of open-circuit. If a lead from the arma.ture winding to the commuta tor becomes loose or broken it will draw a bright spark as the break passes the brush position. This trouble can be readily located, as the insulation on each side of the disconnected bar will be more or less pitted. 33. The commutator should run smoothly and true, with a dark glossy surface. Heating of Field Coils 3k. Heating of field coils may develop from any of the following causes: (a) Too low speed. (b) Too high voltage. !c) Too great forward or backward lead of brushes, d) Partial short-circuit of one coil, e) Overload. 222 Care of D-C. Exciter Heating of Armature 35* Heating of the armature may develop from any of the following causes: (a) Too great a load. (b) A partial short-circuit of two coils heating the two particular coils affected. (c) Short-circuits or ground on armature or commutator. Heating of Commutator 36. Heating of commutator may develop from any of the following causes: !a} Overload. b) Sparking at the brushes, c) Too high brush pressure, d) Lack of lubrication on commutator. Bucking 37* Bucking is the very expressive term descriptive of what happens when arcing occurs between adjacent brushholder studs. In general, buck ing is caused by excessive voltage, or by abnormally low surface resistance on the commutator between brushholders of opposite polarity. Any condition tending to produce poor commutation increases the danger of bucking. Among other causes are the following: (a) Rough or dirty commutator. (b) A drop of water on the commutator from leaky steam pipes or other source. (c) Short-circuits on the line producing excessive overloads. Cleanliness 38. Particular care should be exercised towards keeping all parts of the machine reasonably clean. This applies particularly to turbo-genera tors and other high-speed machines. The high rotative speed in these draws air into the armatures and other parts with a velocity sufficient to carry with It particles of dirt or oil vapor that may be in the air. The rotating part must be cleaned out as necessary or the machines will ultimately short-circuit between commutator necks or break down to ground over In sulation surfaces. Some types of stationary windings should be wellcleaned for the same reason, and more than merely blowing out by compressed air as previously described. Repairs to Insulation 39- If a defect develops in the outside of a field or armature coil, it can sometimes be repaired by carefully raising the injured wire or wires and applying fresh insulation. 40. If it Is desired to remove one of the commutating pole coils loosen the bolts which hold the pole to the frame and disconnect the coil from those on each side. The pole piece and coil can then be removed easily from the frame. 4l. In case It Is necessary to remove a shunt-field coil the bolts hold ing the pole pieces should be removed. This will make it possible to remove the pole piece and coil, after which the coil may be removed from the pole piece and repaired or replaced. Care should be taken in replacing the coil so to place it on the pole piece as to obtain the proper polarity of the coil. A very simple means of testing the polarity is by means of a needle or a piece of steel wire su2s2p3ended from the middle by a string. 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit The polarity should be alternately Worth and South around the frame. Bring the polarity needle within the magnetic field of any pole. One end of the needle will point towards this pole and this end should be repelled by the next pole and so on around the frame. If this reversal of the needle does not occur there must be a wrong connection of the field coil. Armatures 42. A simple method of making temporary repairs in an armature in case of a short-circuit or open-circuit of one of the coils is to cut-out that coil by cutting the leads which connect the coil with the commutator bar and then short-circuiting the bar thus cut-out, with the following bar. This may readily be done by simply soldering the two necks together. By this means an armature may be kept in service until there comes a. con venient time to replace the damaged coil or coils. Ordering of Renewal Parts 4j. When ordering renewal parts, give the name plate reading. Always give the name of the parts wanted, also the stock order (S.O.) and serial number of apparatus on which the part is to be used. The latter will be found stamped on the name pla.te and in the metal under the name plate. ' 224 Part II (Section 6) DISMANTLING A-C. GENERATOR AND EXCITER To Remove Exciter Stator Step 1. Disconnect exciter armature and field leads at terminal board. Step 2. Lift brushes clear of commutator. Step 3* Disconnect oil inlet and outlet. Step 4. Unbolt frame feet, and move stator out until clear of shaft and lift oun. To Remove Exciter Armature Step 1. Disconnect oil inlet and outlet. Step 2. Remove leads from brushes. Step 3> Unbolt bracket from frame and lift out. Step 4. Place slings over ends of shaft and unbolt from generator shaft Step 5- Break pilot fit and move out until clear of exciter frame and lift out. To Remove Generator Bearing Step 1. Disconnect oil lines and collector leads. Step 2. Unbolt and remove bearing seals, bearing cap and top half of bearing. Step 3* Step 4. Jack rotor off bearing and roll out bottom half of bearing. To remove pedestal, unbolt from base and move toward exciter until clear of shaft and lift out. To Remove Generator Rotor Step 1. Remove exciter and pedestal. Step 2. Remove front and rear end bells and cooler housing. Step 3* Shim bottom of air gap. Step 4. Place slings over both ends of shaft and unbolt gear coupling. Step 5* Slide out until center of rotor clears ends of stator coils on exciter end. Step 6. Place sling around center of rotor and slide out until gear flange clears stator coils and lift out. 225 Part II (Section 7) SWITCHBOARD TEMPERATURE INDICATOR WITH RESISTANCE COIL DETECTOR Application 1. These instructions cover the application oi permanent-magnet, movingcoil switchboard instruments for the measurement of temperatures in electrical machinery operating in temperature ranges between 0C. and 250C. General 2. The temperature indicator operates on the resistance-coil-detector principle, the detecting coil forming one branch of a Wheatstone Bridge, which is energized by rectified a-c- control circuit. The detecting coils are embedded in the machinery windings and are wound with copper wire to an exact resistance of 10 ohms at 25C. Six detecting coils are provided with each machine and are so located as to measure the temperature at "hot spot" locations. A. selector switch allows the indicator to be connected to any coil desired. 3. When the detector coil is at a predetermined temperature the bridge is in balance and no potential exists on the instrument. This point is called the balance temperature and is selected depending upon the scale range of the instrument. 4. At any other temperature the resistance of the detector coil changes and therefore there will be an unbalance of the bridge. This results in a potential difference which deflects the pointer of the instrument. This potential difference is directly proportional to the resistance of the coil and thus the scale is calibrated in temperature of the coil. 5. The balance point is selected at the temperature at which the greatest accuracy is desired. At this temperature the indications will be in dependent of control circuit voltage. This point is marked by a red line on the indicator scale. 6. At other temperatures the error due to incorrect voltage will be the difference between the actual temperature and the balance temperature, multiplied by deviation in control voltage. This error is small and can be neglected for ordinary variations in voltage, as the balance point is chosen near ordinary operating temperatures, and the error near the balance point is very small. For any reading and any incorrect control voltage the true reading, if desired, can be found as follows: B = Balance Point Temperature T]_ = Observed Temperature E = Rated Control Voltage = Actual Control Voltage T = True Temperature T =B - (B - Tl> For Example- if: Balance Point Temperature Observed Temperature Rated Control Voltage Actual Control Voltage 100 80 125 Volts 115 Volts 226 Switchboard Temperature Indicator '' T = 100 - (100 - 80) T = 100 - 21.75 T = 78.25 an error of 1.75 ` This error can usually be neglected for ordinary variations in control voltage. Installation 7. The complete outfit includes the indicator proper, leads, bridge box, terminal block (on machine), selector switch, test resistor, cali brating rheostat and "trickle" charger. A selector switch is required for each machine or group of six search coils. 8. The leads to the search coils may be several hundred feet in length, but their resistance should be kept below .2 ohm for best results, and it is important that the resistance of lead 2 from bridge box to search coil be equal to resistance of any lead 4 from bridge box, through switch to search coil. ' 9. Best accuracy is obtained when three leads are brought out from each search coil, and connected as shown on Drawing 31-J-289 (Figure G-3). Zero Adjustment 10. The pointer of the indicator should rest at the red mark or "balance point" on the scale when no voltage is applied to the circuit. Calibration 11. Turn the selector switch to test coil position and apply control cir cuit. The indicator should show 0C. If the indicator reads too high, it will be necessary to reduce the series control resistance in the bridge box. Final adjustment can be made with the calibrating rheostat mounted on the panel. The latter can be used for correcting control voltage at any time before readings are taken. 12. The test resistor is desirable whenever control voltage is subject to variations or when recalibrating the instrument. It can be eliminated if control voltage is known to be always steady at the value for which the indicator is calibrated. 13. The test resistor has a constant resistance of 9-037 ohms which is equivalent to the resistance of a 10-ohm exploring coil at 0 Centi grade. Thus with the test resistor connected in place of the exploring coils, the instrument should read zero on the scale. 14. The panel-mounted rheostat is desirable when the line voltage fluc tuates, or when extreme accuracy with ease of adjustment is required. Otherwise, voltage variations can be corrected by means of the rheostat on the trickle charger. The trickle charger rheostat may not be as accessible as the panel-mounted rheostat. 227 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Calibration Data 15. The following table gives the resistance of the search coils for which this instrument is calibrated, at various temperatures. Temperature C. Resistance Ohms 0 9.037 25 10 50 10.962 100 12.887 150 14.812 16. The detector coll balances the bridge circuit at the temperature in dicated by the red line on the scale of the instrument. 228 Part III TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR Description Page TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR j.................... 301-312 Description of Voltage Regulating Equipment .... 301 Principle of Voltage Regulator Operation .................... 303 Description of Voltage Regulator Action ......................... 304 Placing Voltage Regulator in Operation ......................... 306 Adjustment of Voltage Regulating Equipment.................... 308 Illustrations (See Part VI)........................................ R-l to R-4 Performance (See Part TV) ........................................................................ Spare Parts (See Part V)................................... .... 509-514 Part III TYPE "BN-2" AUTOMATIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR Purpose 1. Careful reading of these Instructions -will provide information for proper care and handling of the generator voltage regulating equip ment and avoid damage to the equipment which may impair its performance when placed in operation. Storage 2. The generator voltage regulating equipment should he stored where it will not he subject to excessive moisture or damage to containers which will permit entrance of dust and dirt. The apparatus is designed to operate under relatively clean atmospheric conditions and if allowed to accumulate too much foreign matter, failure of equipment may result or performance he impaired when placed in service. Unpacking 3. Small packages should he opened only when the apparatus can he promptly placed in its final position on the switchboard panel or other location. Installation 4. When equipment such as motor-operated rheostat or contactor panel is placed in position prior to the installation of -other large apparatus nearby, the electrical equipment should he covered with wrapping paper or canvas and protected by box or crate parts, or sections of plywood paneling. DESCRIPTION OF GENERATOR VOLTAGE REGULATING EQUIPMENT 5- In each installation one regulator controls one generator. Two com plete voltage regulator equipments plus one "Emergency" or "Spare" main control element is mounted on each switchboard. The spare element is provided with a regulator element "Transfer" or "Selector" switch and the control wiring is so arranged that the spare element may he used to sub- . stitute for either of the two normally-connected elements in an emergency. When the regulator element transfer switch associated with each switchboard is thrown to either of the "Emergency" positions, the emergency element has complete control of that particular unit. A-C. Potential Transformers 6. Two potential transformers are used to step down from A-c. generator voltage to the usual value of 112 volts which is applied to the regulating equipment. The voltage transformers are located back of the switchboard panel. 7- The potential transformers are Westingfaouse Electric & Manufacturing Company type "VK" and are connected as follows: Primary:- Two transformers connected "open delta" receive 3 phase, 3 wire, 60 cycle, 440 volts. Secondary:- Two transformers connected "open delta" give 3 phase, 3 wire, 60 cycle, 110 volts. 301 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Rectox Rectifier Unit 8. The 3 phase a-c. voltage is rectified by the 3-phase, full-wave Rec tox rectifier in order to provide d-c. current for the main coil of the voltage regulator control element. The rectifier unit is located back of the switchboard panel. When a-c. generators operate in parallel a com pensator is used for the purpose of making the generators share proportion ally the reactive load. A current transformer connected in one phase of the a-c. generator between the generator terminals and the bus provides energy to the compensator. The output potential terminals of the compensator are connected in the a-c. potential leads between the potential transformer and the rectifier terminals. Control Switches 9. A regulator control switch is always provided mounted on the switch board, for the purpose of connecting the voltage regulator control element for operation as marked under regulator name plate "Manual-Indicat ing-Regulating". In the "Manual" position the generator voltage is under manual control. In the "indicating" position the generator voltage is a.lso under manual control but the regulator element is energized and its action is indicated by means of indicating lamps which show whether the regulator is attempting to raise or lower the voltage. In the "Regulating" position, the generator voltage is under the control of the regulator. 10. When the regulator control switch is in the "Ma.nua.l" or "indicating" position the generator voltage is controlled manually by use of the rheostat motor control switch, also mounted on the switchboard. This has two positions, "Raise" and "Lower" with the handle spring-returned to the normal "`Off" position. 11. A volta.ge regulator "Selector" switch is also used for the purpose of selecting between the main and "Emergency" or "Spare" regulator control element. ' Voltage Adjusting Rheostat 12. This is mounted on the switchboard. Turning the handle of this rheostat raises or lowers the value at which the regulator holds the generator voltage. 13. The rheostat is Ward Leonard type "RC" having 100 ohms, 43 steps and identified as Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company, Style No. 1250157 14. An adjustable fixed resistor having 750 ohms is mounted on the rear of the voltage adjusting rheostat and identified as Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company, Style No. 1115103. This resistor is shown on the schematic diagram as "R-l" and is connected In series with the voltage adjusting rheosta.t "R-2". Motor-Operated Generator Field Rheostat And Contactor Panel 15- This unit is sometimes built Into the switchboard, or may be located apart from the switchboa.rd. The motor-operated rheostat provides the means for changing resistance in the a-c. generator field circuit either by manual control, or under the control of the voltage regulator element. The conta.ctor panel includes two small contactors, one "Raise" and the other "Lower" for energizing the rheostat motor in either the forward or the reverse direction, under the control of the voltage regulator. Heavyduty, high-speed, field-forcing contactors are also located on this panel, one for field-forcing-up and the other for field-forcing-down, for the pur pose of restoring the voltage more quickly to normal in case of relatively large load changes. 302 Description of Generator Voltage Regulating Equipment 16. The resistor tubes mounted on the contactor panel are identified as follows: R-8 R-9 R-10 R-ll R-12 6500 ohms 168 ohms 65OO ohms 24000 ohms 24000 ohms S#1250276 S#1250277 s#i250276 S#1250278 S#1250278 Voltage Regulator Main Control Element 17. This element is located on the switchboard. The moving arm carries two sets of contacts "Normal-Response" (R & L) and "Quick-Response" (AR & AL). The former controls the motor-operated rheostat and adjusts the generator voltage automatically when necessary on account of relatively small changes in load on the a-c. generator. The "Quick-Response" contacts control the quick-response field-forcing contactors to restore the a-c. generator voltage to normal in case of relatively large changes in load on the a-c. generator. The regulator element includes anti-hunting devices which change the spacing of the regulator contacts temporarily as required in order to prevent hunting or over-shooting of the generator voltage. 18. The regulator main control coil is rated 65 ohms., 0.2 ampere and identified as Westinghouse, Style No. 1087427- The coil is wound with 3000 turns of No. 25 enameled wire. 19. The anti-hunt coils are rated 7000 ohms, 0.25 ampere and identified as Westinghouse, Style No. 1247173- The coil is wound with 30,000 turns of No. 38 enameled wire. Indicating Lamps . 20. Two approved Navy type "VG-7" indicating lamps are used to enable the . operator to adjust properly-the regulator control element when it is transferred in and out of service. These lamps indicate when the excitation is correct to make such a transfer and safeguard against transfers during periods of excitation change. When the a-c. voltage is normal, both lights burn brightly. When the regulator is changing the position of the motoroperated field rheostat, either the "Raise** or "Lower" lamp is short-cir cuited, which not only indicates that a change is taking place but also indicates the direction of the change. The red lamp indicates "Raise" and. the green lamp indicates "Lower". Compensator 21. When a multiplicity of regulator-controlled a-c. generators operate in parallel on the same bus, it is necessary to droop the regulated voltage with respect to wattless generator current. For this purpose an inductive compensator is used, which is a sma.ll transformer with an air gap in its magnetic circuit, and is energized from a current transformer. The manner in which this compensator is connected and operates is explained under "Cross-Current Compensation". PRINCIPLE OF VOLTAGE REGULATOR OPERATION 22. Reference should be made to the schematic diagram and the wiring dia gram supplied with the generator voltage regulator or switchboard equipment. In each installation one regulator controls one generator. For the first trials the generator line circuit breaker should be opened, the main exciter-field circuit closed and the exciter voltage at normal rated value. 303 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 23. The type "BN-2" generator rheostat voltage regulator controls the voltage of the a-c. generator by varying the' resistance in the genera tor field circuit by means of a motor-operated rheostat. When the a-c. voltage is normal all parts of the regulator are stationary. For small deviations from normal voltage the regulator operates to change the posi tion of the generator field rheostat thus effecting the required change in field current to bring the generator voltage back to normal. For large deviations from normal voltage, the regulator operates by means of high speed contactors to insert or short-circuit suitable blocks of resistance in the generator field circuit, thus effecting a relatively large change in field current, at the same time turning the rheostat to a new position. Main Control Element 24. The important parts of the main control element are a torque motor which carries a spring-mounted moving arm, and two anti-hunt devices. The torque motor is made up of a stationary coil mounted on an iron magnetic circuit in the shape of a square "C". The moving arm, which is non-magnetic, carries a small iron armature supported on the arm so that it can move in the fixed air gap of the magnetic circuit. The magnetic pull on the iron armature is balanced by a coiled spring. 25. The coil receives its energy from a 3-phase, full-wave, Rectox recti fier, the a-c. side of which is fed by potential transformers connected to the a-c. generator voltage. The regulator therefore responds to a d-c. voltage which is proportional to the average of the 3-phase a-c. voltage. The regulator adjusts the generator field rheostat to whatever position is required in order to maintain normal voltage, by means of the rheostat motor control relays and the high-speed field-forcing contactor. 26. The voltage adjusting rheostat is used to raise or lower the value of the regulated voltage. This is done by changing the value of the re sistance in the d-c. coil circuit of the regulator. 27- The compensator is energized from a current transformer in one phase of the a-c. generator load circuit. It is used to equalize the amount of reactive current carried by each generator when two a-c. machines are operated in parallel. DESCRIPTION OF VOLTAGE REGULATOR ACTION Normal Corrective Action 28. Refer to the "Schematic Diagram" (Figure R-l) which is found in the rear of this instruction book. In'the schematic diagram the regulator is shown energized and in control. The regulator element transfer switch is shown in the "Normal Reg." position and regulator control switch in the "Regulating" position. The regulator moving arm is in the mid-position, with the indicating lamps "RL" and "LL" burning. 29- Assuming that a small drop in voltage takes pla.ce and requires correc tion, the control element main contacts "R" close, causing the lamp "RL" to blink, and energizing the "NR" rheostat motor control relay. 30. This relay completes the following operations: (a) Energizes the rheostat motor which turns the generator field rheostat in the direction to cut out resistance, and increase the generator field current. 304 Description of Voltage Regulator Action (b) Energizes the coil "NH" of tne normal-response anti-hunting device. The spring-mounted armature of this device moves to increase the distance between the "R" contact thereby opening the circuit at this point. (c) Energizes the condenser connected across the "NR" relay coil. The action of this condenser (and resistor circuit) maintains current in the "NR" coil for a sufficient time to permit the rheostat motor to move the rheostat arm approximately one step. (d) The contact-spreading action of the anti-hunt device is only momentary, the contacts returning to their normal posi tion in two or three seconds. Should further movement of the generator field rheostat be required the contacts "R" will again close and continue notching action as required. 31. In case the control element "L" contacts close to lower the voltage, simila.r action takes place. Heavy-Load Corrective Action 32. When a la.rge drop in voltage occurs, due, for example, to a. large block of load being thrown on the system or due to a. fault, the normal-response contacts "R" on the regulator close, followed by the closing of the quick-response contacts "AR". The "AR" contacts complete the circuit to the quick-response "field-forcing-up" contactor "QR", which short-circuits a block of resistance in the generator field circuit, thus applying full exciter voltage to the field circuit. This starts the generator voltage to return towards normal very rapidly. 33. When the field-forcing conta.ctor "QR" closes, a.uxiliary contacts of this device close at the same time in the circuit of the anti-hunt device "QH". This operates to spread the "AR" contacts, a.s described for the "NH" device and the ''R" contacts. Therefore, if the deviation of normal volta:ge is within the recalibra.tion effect of the "QH" anti-hunt device, the field-forcing conta.ctor will close and open rapidly while the rheostat arm approaches the required new position. If the deviation from normal voltage is greater than the recalibrated setting of the "QH" anti-hunt de vice, the field-forcing contact will close and remain closed until the volta.ge is brought within the setting of the anti-hunt device. However, when the a-c. voltage gets within the setting of the "AR" contacts, the normal-response "R" contacts take control a.nd by notching the rheostat, return the a-c. voltage to normal. Since the rheostat turns at maximum speed while the quick-response contacts are closed, it takes only a minimum of additional movement after the normal-response contacts take control, to return the voltage to normal. 3^. In a similar manner, when a large block of load is removed from the system, thus causing a large increase in voltage, the quick-response contacts "AL" will close and energize the quick-response field-reducing contact "QL" which is normally closed. This contactor then opens its main contacts and inserts a block of resistance in the generator field circuit, causing the generator voltage to fall very rapidly. When the a-c. voltage gets within the setting of the quick-response "AL" contacts, the normalresponse "L" contacts take control and settle the voltage by notching action of the rheosta.t. 305 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit PLACING VOLTAGE REGULATOR IN OPERATION First Time In Control 35- For the first trials the generator line circuit breaker should be open with generator speed and exciter voltage normal. 36. To check generator field rheostat operation the regulator control switch should be turned to the "MANUAL" position. In this position the rheostat is under "REMOTE MANUAL CONTROL" by means of the rheostat motor control switch. The regulator element and the regulator contact cir cuits are not energized. With the generator field circuit open, the rheo stat motor control switch should be turned first to the "LOWER" and then to the "RAISE" position, and the operation of the rheostat observed to check proper direction of operation, free action of moving parts, and reliable operation of limit switches. After checking, the rheostat should be turned to the approximately "ALL-IN" position for the following test. 37. With the regulator control switch still In the "MANUAL" position, close the generator field switch and observe the effect of the field-forcing- up conta.ctor "QR" by carefully closing it momentarily by hand. In a similar manner the effect of the field-reducing contactor "QL" may be observed to determine that connections have been properly made. 38. The regulator control switch should now be turned to the "INDICATING" position. In this position the regulator main coil is energized from Its potential transformers, and exciter voltage is applied to the regulator circuits, which includes the normal-response "R-L" contacts, the "NR" and "NL" rheostat motor control relays, anti-hunting circuits, and regulator position indicating lamps. If either the "R" contacts or the "l" contacts' close and the corresponding rheostat motor control relay closes, one of the indicating lamps will be out, and the other will burn brightly. The regulator contacts which are closed may also be determined by inspection, and the voltage adjusting rheostat turned to the position where the lever arm Is balanced between the contacts, at' which time both indicating lamps will burn brightly. 39* With the regulator control switch still in the "INDICATING" position, the voltage adjusting rheostat may be turned either way through a small angle to observe the correct operation of the "NR" and "NL" relays-. At the same time observe contact-spreading action of the anti-hunt device and proper closing of the "NR" and "NL" auxiliary contacts. 40. Normal a-c. voltage ma.y now be obtained by using the rheostat motor control switch to turn-the a-c. generator field rheostat to the proper position. Then by means of the voltage adjusting rheostat find the posi tion where both the indicating lamps burn brightly, thus indicating that the regulator main control lever arm is floating between the contacts. The regulator control switch may now be turned to the "REGULATING" position, thus placing the regulator in control of the a-c. voltage. 41. By turning the voltage adjusting rheostat through a small angle, the regulator will operate to ra.ise or lower the voltage by means of the "R" or "L" contacts and the "NR" or "NL" rheostat motor control relays. 4-2. If the volta.ge adjusting rheostat is turned quickly to a. larger a.ngle the "AR" or "AL" contacts will opera.te the "field-forcing" or the "field-reducing" contactors to bring the volta.ge to the new setting. 43. When the normally-open field-forcing contactor "QR" closes, the volt age will rise rapidly and the motor-operated generator field rheostat will move in a direction to reduce the resistance in the field circuit. 306 Description of Voltage Regulator Action In like manner, when the normally-closed field-reducing contactor "QL" opens, the voltage will decrease rapidly and the motor-operated rheostat will move to increase the resistance in the generator field circuit. It is necessary that these conditions he obtained for successful operation of the regulator. After correct operation of the regulating equipment in line with the preceding is obtained, the generator may be connected to the load. If voltage is comparatively steady, it should be varied by picking-up or dropping-off different loads to check regulator performance. Taking Regulator Out of Control 44. The removal of the regulator from service requires only the turning of the regulator control switch to the "INDICATING" position at a time when the regulator is at rest, as shown by both indicating lamps burning brightly. Manual Control 45- Manual control of the generated voltage of each unit is obtained by means of two switches mounted on the switchboard. The regulator con trol switch has the three positions "MANUAL-INDICATING-REGULATING"; turning this switch to the "MANUAL" position cuts the regulator out of the circuit and completes a circuit to the rheostat hand control switch. This switch has the three positions "RAISE-OFF-LOWER". When turned to the "RAISE" position it completes a circuit to the "S2" coil of the rheostat motor, turning the arm in a direction to reduce resistance in the generator field circuit. When the switch is turned to the "LOWER" position it completes a circuit to the "Si" coil of the rheostat motor, turning the arm in a direction to increase resistance in the generator field circuit. 46. In addition to provision for manual operation by means of these two switches, the rheostat is arranged so that it may be operated by a handwheel located on the front of the switchboard. Cross-Current Compensation 47. Where two or more a.-c. machines a.re operated in parallel, each pro vided with an individual exciter, it is necessary that each one be provided with its own individual regulator. I 48. The division of the kw. load among paralleled a.-c. generators is de pendent upon the power supply to ea.ch generator and is controlled by the governor of its prime mover. Thus the division of the kw. load is practically independent of the excitation. However, changes in the field excitation of paralleled a-c. machines does affect the reactive kv-a. or wattless component of the output. Since the voltage regulator acts directly on the field excitation, it will be seen that although the division of kw. load between machines is unaffected by the voltage regulator, the division of wattless current is directly affected by the operation of the regulator. 49. Thus, when a-c. machines are operated in parallel, each under control of an individual regulator, this will cause circulating wattless current between the a-c. machines unless some provision is made to cause each machine to shirk wattless current. To secure stability in parallel operation it is, therefore, necessary to give the regulated voltage a droop with increa.se in the wattless component of the ma.chine current. In general, a. satisfactory droop in the regulated voltage will be .obtained if there is 6% reactive drop between two a-c. machines. This reactive drop may be ob tained artificially by giving the regulator a drooping characteristic from a. cross-current compensator energized from a current transformer. 50. Where the cross-current compensator scheme is used, one compensator and one current transformer is required for each a-c. machine and its 307 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit regulator as shown In the schematic diagram. The compensator is designed to supply compensating voltages in two legs of the 3-phase regulator poten tial circuit, which insures applying a balanced. 3-phase voltage to the regulator.element. 51. Two dial switches are provided on each compensator. One of these switches gives a coarse adjustment and the other a fine adjustment of the compensation. A total of 24 steps are available on the two switches, which in the case of the standard 12$ compensator gives a 1/2$ change in compensation per step. The 12$ compensation is on basis of 4 amperes from the current transformer. Should the current-transformer ratio give some other value of secondary current the compensation settings will be affected proportionally. 6$ Compensation is ample for the usual application. ADJUSTMENT OF VOLTAGE REGULATING EQUIPMENT 52. In case of difficulty with the regulating equipment a careful check should be ma.de of wiring to make sure that it agrees with the wiring diagram and also making sure that there .are no open or loose connections. Voltage Adjusting Rheostat 53- This rheostat provides for adjustment of the regulating voltage through a range of 18 volts on the potential-transformer secondary terminals. Should it be desired to raise or lower this range, it may be done by readjustment of the slider on the resistor tube mounted on the back of the voltage adjusting rheostat. Initial trials should be made with the factory setting. Potential Transformer And Rectifier Circuits 54. Two potential-transformers of standard 100-volt-ampere capacity are used, connections being made to the regulating element as shown on the diagram supplied with the equipment. Should it be necessary to check polarity of the Rectox rectifier, this may be done by using low-voltage d-c. circuits (6 to 12 volts) with lamps (6 to 12 volts) in series, testing a stack of discs, section by section. With current flow In the normal direc tion, the lamp will glow. With the same d-c. voltage circuit connected to the Rectox in the reverse direction, the lamp will not glow. Control Element, Internal Adjustment - (See Dwg. 7-D-6187) 55- After the regulator Is mounted on the switchboard panel, and ready for service, the cover should be removed, and the element inspected inter nally to see that there is no dust or dirt present, and that parts appear to be intact and in place. The left-hand end of the moving arm should be free to move through about l/8-inch of travel without interference or friction. Since the moving arm is supported by crossed leaf-type springs, there are no pivots or bearings to wear or require adjustment. 56. The armature which is fastened to the moving arm and which moves In the air gap of the magnetic circuit should be centered in this air gap. Close inspection should be made to see that there Is no foreign matter in the air gap. 57- Should adjustment of the element become necessary, the following pro cedure is given: Step 1. Set the main coil current at .2 ampere d-c. An accurate d-c. ammeter with full-scale reading of .25 or .5 ampere should be used. It may be connected in series with the coil at C (plus) stud on rear of the element. 308 Adjustment of Voltage Regulating Equipment Step 2. Adjust the tension of the main coiled spring "A" connected to the moving arm so that the moving arm is horizontal. The travel of the moving arm is limited by the stop screws "B" and "C". With the arm in its mid-position the contacts on the arm should just clear the stationary contacts "L" and "R" mounted on the anti-hunt device. If the moving arm is horizontal, (arm parallel to top surface of magnetj and the contacts mounted on the anti-hunt device are not evenly spaced from the corresponding contacts on the moving arm, the contacts on the anti-hunt device should be adjusted until the spacing between each set of contacts is the same. Step 3- Row increase the coil current to .202 ampere and adjust the "L" or upper rear stationary contact screw until the contact just "makes". This is located on the left-hand anti-hunt device. Step 4. Decrease coil current to .198 ampere and adjust the "r" or lower front stationary contact screw also on left-hand anti hunt device so that the contact just "makes". Adjustments (Steps 3 and 4) give the regulator element a sensitivity of + 1^ for normal response. Step 5- Increase coil current to .208 ampere and adjust the "AR" or upper rear (quick-response) contact screw on right-hand anti-hunt device so that contact just "makes". Step 6. Decrease coil current to .192 ampere and adjust the "AR" or upper rear (quick-response) contact screw on right-hand anti-hunt device so that contact just "makes". Adjustments (Steps 5 and 6) give the regulator element a sensitivity of + 4$ for the quick-response contacts. Satisfactory performance should be obtained when this ad justment is of the order of 3$ to 5%* Anti-Hunting Device 58. Two duplicate anti-hunting devices are used, the "Hormal-Response" contacts "R" and "L" being carried by the device on the left-hand side of the element (front view) and the "Quick-Response" contacts "AR" and "AL" on the right-hand device. The purpose of the anti-hunt device is to separate the regulator contacts shortly after they have closed due to a. sma.ll deviation from normal regulated voltage, and to provide a. predeter mined length of time for the motor-operated rheostat to make a correction in the excitation, prior to the contacts of the anti-hunt device returning to their normal position. When the coil of the anti-hunt device is ener gized, the moving armature of the device acts to pull its contact away from engagement with the corresponding contact on the regulator moving arm. The action of the anti-hunt armature in separating the contacts is fast but the return of the armature to its norma.! position is relatively slow, depending upon the adjustment of the anti-hunt device coiled spring. The time of return of the contacts to their normal position is adjustable from approxi mately .25 second to 4.0 seconds. 59 The anti-hunt device can be set to separate the regulator element contacts either a large or a. small amount. Normally the maximum opening (normal-response or quick-response contacts) should not exceed about 1/8-inch. Decreasing this amount will cause the motor-operated rheo stat to operate more frequently than is necessary. Increasing this amount will cause the motor-operated rheostat to operate less frequently, and will provide somewhat longer time between successive corrections (notching action) of the rheostat. 309 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 60. By slowly turning the voltage adjusting rheostat the exact point where the "R" contacts or the "L" contacts close may be determined by ob serving the corresponding indicating lamp. By slowly turning the voltage adjusting rheostat a little further, in the same direction, the limit of the contact-spreading action of the anti-hunt device may be determined. For the normal-response contacts, this limit should be approximately 3$. For the quick-response contacts this limit should be about 8%. The spread of the contacts (with the anti-hunt coil energized) should in general not be dis turbed from the factory setting. 61. The anti-hunt device is set to take approximately 3 seconds to return the contacts from the fully-spread position to the normal position; provided the factory adjustment of the coiled spring has not been disturbed. See that there is no dirt or obstruction in the air gap at the rear end of the anti-hunt device armature. Rheostat Motor Control Relays 62. The auxiliary contacts on the "NR" and "KL" relays should close at about the same time as the main contacts. An adjustable capacity condenser is connected in parallel with the coil on each of these contactors and this arrangement causes them to operate as definite-time-delay devices. The time-setting ma.y be changed to suit the individual installation by changing the amount of condenser capacity. It is desirable however for the auxiliary contacts which complete the circuit to the condenser to close a small amount ahead of the contacts which energize the anti-hunt device coil. Contacts should be properly lined-up, contact-holding screws tight, and the main contact gap approximately 1/4-inch. Quick-Response Contacts "QR" And 'QL" 63. Alignment of parts, and inspection for dirt or foreign matter on the main contacts, should be checked. The a.ction of auxiliary contacts should be inspected. ' Field-Forcing-Up And Field-Reducing Resistor Setting 64. Initia.1 trials should be ma.de using the fa.ctory settings of the re sistors. If necessary, the settings may be changed to obta.In im proved performance. Too much resistance across either set of contacts is likely to cause over-shooting of the voltage with consequently longer time for settling after a. disturbance, and the possibility of hunting which the regulator ma.y be unable to stop. 65. The setting of the field-reducing resistor depends upon the character istics of the generator and the conditions under which it is to operate. With the voltage adjusted to its rated value through manual con trol of the motor-operated field rheostat the field-reducing resistor should, as a first approximation, be set to return voltage to normal after a. la.rge load change in the minimum time consistent with smooth operation. This resistor is introduced into the circuit by the opening of the normallyclosed field-reducing conta.ctor. For the purpose of testing the a.dequacy of the resistor adjustment, this contactor may be opened manually. Several values should be tried, in order to determine best operation. More than the required amount of resistance is supplied in order to take care of unusual circumstances. Only that portion which is required for the particular in stallation, should be used. Motor-Operated Main Field Rheostat 66. The motor-opera.ted rheostat is of the open-frame construction, with heavy-duty fa.ceplate provided with 200 contact segments in circular 310 Adjustment of Voltage Regulating Equipment arrangement, which are connected on the rear to suitable resistance units mounted in the upper portion of the rheostat frame. The rheostat frame is designed so that the contactor panel may be mounted on the front lower por tion below the rheostat faceplate. 67. The motor-operated rheostat provides means for changing resistance in the a-c. generator field circuit either by manual control, or under control of the type "BN-2" voltage regulator element. The voltage regulator controls the voltage of the a-c. generator by varying resistance in the generator field circuit by means of the motor-operated rheostat. When the a-c. voltage is normal the rheostat is stationary. For small deviations from normal voltage the regulator operates to change the position of the rheostat thus effecting the required change in field current to bring the generator voltage back to normal. 68. A d-c. motor of the split-field, series-wound type, is used to operate the rheostat. This type of motor permits readjustment of speed to meet operating conditions and requires minimum control apparatus. Tapped resistor "R-6" connected in series with the motcir a.rma.ture is provided for speed control. This resistor should be set to give a rheostat travel of 20 seconds from one extreme limit to the other limit. This is the factory setting. I 69. Arm movement should be free and limit switches operating properly. 70. After the rheostat is in place a.nd rea.dy for service, the small vent screw in the gear box should be removed providing a "breather" for the gear box. If this is not done changes in temperature may force some of the lubricant out through otherwise tight packing seals. 71. The rheostat assembly in addition to the rheosta.t resista.nce also in cludes the field-forcing-down resistor "R-5" and field-forcing-up re sistor "R-j", each-, of which is provided with a slider for adjustment. Ini tial trials should be ma.de using the'factory settings of the resistors. If necessary, the setting may be changed to obtain improved performance. Reactance Compensator . 72. As noted under "Cross-Current Compensation" one cross-current compen sator and one current transformer are furnished with each regulator for the purpose of making the generators share proportionally the rea.ctive load. Care should be taken to see that the current transformer and com pensator external connections agree with the wiring dia.gram. 73. The correct connections between the current transformer, compensator a.nd voltage regulator can be determined as follows: Step 1. Set compensator dial switches at zero compensation. Step 2. By governor adjustment, pick-up approximately l/2 load on the generator. Step 3- Increase the lagging reactive kv-a. of generator by turning the control switch of the motor-operated rheostat in the direction to raise voltage. Step 4. Turn the regulator control switch to the "INDICATING" position and balance regulator by mea.ns of volta.ge adjusting rheostat until indicating lamps "RL" and "LL" burn brightly. 311 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Step 5. Increase compensation by moving dial switches on the compensator until the "LL" lamp blinks. If the nRL" lamp blinks the compen sation is reversed and should be corrected by reversing the current-transformer connections at the compensator terminals "C" and "CO". CAUTION - Avoid opening the secondary of an energized current transformer. Step 6. After the proper connections of all current transformers ha.ve been checked independently, the correct value of compensation will have to be determined by operating conditions. 6$ Compensa tion is ample for the usual application. A smaller amount may be used provided satisfactory division of reactive kv-a. between machines is secured. Once the proper connections and setting of the compensator have been made, no further adjustment or atten tion is required. Step 7- If it should be necessary to operate generators a.t different power factors, this adjustment should be made by means of the regulator voltage adjusting rheostat. Illustrations 74. See Figures R-l to R-4 included in Part VI of this Instruction Book. Spare Parts 75. A list of Spare Parts as supplied with the original equipment will be found in Pages 509 to 514, Part V on this Instruction Book. ..s N } 312 Part IV PERFORMANCE DATA AND TESTS Description Page PERFORMANCE DATA AND TESTS ....................................................... 401-414 Turbine .......................................................................................... 401 Steam Conditions...................................................................... 401 Preliminary Factory Test Report .............................. 40J-404 A-C. Generator ................................................................................ 405-409 Test Data..................................................................................... 405-408 Performance Curves.............................. '................................ 409 D-C. Exciter ..................................................................................... 410-414 Test Data........................................................................................ 410-412 Performance Curves ................................................................. 415-414 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Test 1-10P815 Pile C-70862 SpKl, n wMPL, CO tEoh Eh I PH 414 Performance Data and Tests Test No. 1-10P815 File C-70862 413 LINE VOLT 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Test No. 1-10P815 File C-70862 (r) Testa or generator shunt field rheostat--Continued. Resistance gradation (step by step), voltage drop per step, rheostat in "all in" position, holding the current constant Temperature rises, at normal setting.Jl,.^..y.Qlta..drQp._.aGEQaa..rheQaiat..lffid.2.. 5]l_.a3n2eree; 13.0.C.-...rise. on. resiatance..iw'hgd,ding..icaj;erial+.........fe9C....rifie..,lQr..air,,pne.inch_______ from edge of rheostat-P-latea^.........ai..r.Q.Q..sir...temeS,ai.ujr.e..pf..270Q.:............................................. Dielectric strength: Volta X.6.Q.Q-------------- Time..1..Mixoit?....... Remarks........ ................................................ ......................... Insulation resistance: (a) Cold,--25......... 0 C. .JL2.C...........megohms, (b) Hot,--5Q..........0 C. --7.0.0.........megohms. (a) Tests of miscellaneous spares (enumerate articles and state character of inspection and tests).................................................................... .....................Al.l.ep.sr-.es.. c.he.?.teX-fQr...iniershaneeal3ili.t2'.--............................................................................ ............... (0 Tests of spare armatures: Running tcsts.JiaC.h.Pf..tM..k..aP.eEe..aEmatl}re{3..were..giym..C.gmBiete...................... -Routine. Tests..including..-..NQr.Lpad..Ss.tlrated.C3irTfiS^..ypl.t.9&e..Res^AtiQrL(...QyerJpad ..9fid..0.ye.r_sp.eed.............................................................................................................................................................. Cold resistance......... -QSS...................... ohms, at..2.6.i5.. C. Insulation resistance...100................... ohms, at...4.0........0 C. Dielectric strength: Volts..1-6.0.0. ....... Time l.-Min.t.-- Remarks--OH......... .............................................................................. (u) Does the generator meet the specifications in every respect__Y.. test .record ..reprosonts tlie--......... jerfoim^ce. of..l6.^.toil^..genera.torB...-..Seri.^.s..N.o....l...t.o...l.6.-.1.0.-P-8l5.s__ All.were ?P.ip..JE?!..Navs,,Specif.lcat.icms...l.7G7....................................................................... () Tests ,,t. Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company,..East. Pittsburghj..Pa,_ Inspector's signatured Signed )_.cT... I....^.ourtin_______________ See 2 attached curve sheets marked 1-10P815 This type test also represents l6 exciters. Serials No. 1 to 16-13P148 for EB63-64, and will represent 16 more exciters. Serials No. 1 to 16-I5PI87 for EB65-66, when they have been tested. 412 Performance Data and Tests Test No. 1-10P815 File C-70862 (&) No-load saturation curve at normal rated speed (speed remaining constant throughout test): ASCENDING Generator volts . ..., 5.-8 5.2 . 59-8 . .. ............17.-9.______ 98.6 108.4 ' 120.0 139.8 161.0 Shunt field amperes 0 ...............:14............ 1.02 1.36 1.84 ............2rl3........... 2.57 4.12 8.23 DESCENDING Generator volts Shunt field amperes 161 lk-9 134 120 103.4' 88.6 ............15:4........... ............54.:5............ 49.8 .............. 1:8........... 8.25 ........ 5aS8............. ...........5-.5i............. .......... 2 ..45.............. 1.82 1.5k 1.18 O.85 0.76 0 Not*.--Plot curves on cross section paper, uslux above data, and attach them to this test report. (l) For test data concerning voltage and speed regulation, parallel operation, heating, overload, and input--output, refer to Test Recordon supplementary Formattached hereto. (m) Commutation: 0-100% load, with gradual changes in load____ Satisfa.ct_orj__...................................................... 3^-A................................................ 0-125% load, with rapfd changes in load______....................................................... A.......................... 150% loadSatisfactory............................... ............................................................. .1................................ (n) Efficiency: I3R losses In windings49.2.......................................... -A97---......................4.44........................ .7.86............................... gmsirfrtnflrra............... ................................................................................................................... Core lossesJLUsJL______ 555..............................551........................ 551. Brush contact PR loss_________ H...............................A5.2......................... ftryayrMwr-iwTaBv XjOBBAirZ_t5______________ 1_2_6_122__ .151. 266 i'16 nraymafTyaiKTdtiaf.................................................................................................................................................................................................... Calculated efficiency at i load 8ju.5_______ J load 89-.Q-............ | load 3-0.,2............. i load--9Q---3............... (o) Overspeed: R. P. M. A5QQ__________ Time.A5._MA--t Remark-S-- (p) Dielectric strength: Volts A4QQ......... Time i Min Remarks....................................................................... (?) Insulation resistance, megohms: Following dielectric strength tests.`A............ ................................... After generator has cooled down.-.45 ...................................................... Megohms at......5Q........................................................ C. Megohms at___ 5........................................................ " C. (r) Tests of generator shunt field rheostat: ManufacturerNestinffhouse Elec. 8c Mfg. Co. Serial or type No. Style No. 1169119............................. Number of resistance steps ,,66..ill..TliaiTl..BlatSH,___ Total resistance, cold (approx. 25 C.)..36..95................... ohms and 33 in 2 ohm vernier. Range of voltage adjustment, per cent of rated voltage, volts Number of resistance steps Included in the range Voltage variation pet step, per cent of rated voltage Resistance cut Into circuit, or variation in resistance, to co\cr voltage range, onmj Minimum to 90 per cent__XQ.*5__ 108 90 per cent to 105 per cent.10B 126 115 96 per cent to 105 per cent.AA5,...... to . 126 With generator operating without load, at rated speed: Rheostat position All in...................................................................................... All out................................................................................... Normal-load setting......................................................... Shunt field amperes 1.2k-...... -iJ-i________ ..........2,38____ Generator volts ...AP.2..5.... ...162____ _igo....... 411 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit TEST No. 1-1QP815 File C-70862 Revised 4 Jan. 1943 Dste 28 April 1941 FACTORY TEST RECORD--D. C. GENERATORS ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ENGINEERING, NAVY DEPARTMENT To beuMd in coonectioa with Navy Department 8pedficatiooa 17Q7 of latest iacue PRIME MOVER Manufacturer............................................... ......................................................... -................................ -.................. -........ ....... Manufacturer's serial No.............................................................................................................................................................Refer to Test Record on supplementary Form.................................................................................................. attached. GENERATOR - EXCITER (a) Manufacturer......... HestiJ^g^......................... ....................... . Manufacturer's type and class..-.'ECT.-.SK__-_ Frame _^103_r_6.....................................................KOtl5.12 Schedule No.............. ............ Contract No..--7.Q862___ Navy Yard (or shipyard)..................5?S:.-5.?At2v.1.?..-., To be installed on U. S. 8.. Iowa..-..EB.6.U. U.S .S.. New Jersej..-.JB62................................ . (6) Generator classification: (1) Prime mover-..?TM*?...................................................................................................... 075 (2) Degree of inclosure__ ................................................................................................................ (3) Method of cooling.... Natural............................. ...............................................i........... 1068 (4) Distribution system....................................................................................................----------- (5) Maximum unbalance in neutral (if 3-wire).........................................................1............ (6) Type of insulation, class .....4............................................................................................................ .*.?68 (7) Voltage...... .1.20..................................... Kilowatt........ .1.6...................................... R.P.M.lgO.O........................................ (c) Generator Berial No.___1-S-1QP813......................................... - Armature serial No. ...TrRr.10P.8l5............................................... Weight of generator .11.6.1........................................................ Weight of armature--....................................................................... Number of poles............ 6..................... Diameter of armature.........I.?...................... Diameter of commutator___9.r.l/Jk.............. Number of brush Etuds__ ;___6..................... Number brushes per stud...... 3........................... Brushes per set....l.8....................... Brush sizfe..i."l/--?--3/^f..?..3/.4 Brush grade...... B........................................ Brush manufacturer--St^c}^_0_l_e.C_^b_0.n_ Collector ring brushes: Number__ None........... Size...................... (di Resistances: Grade............................ Manufacturer............................... . "" Calc. - At 75C., _ (C0LP).R5---- *c. (hoi)....63.7_*c. .02660 .02230 .02640 ............ 23..15.-.............................................. 19.4 22.2 ) .01018 ................ .008525..................... ................ ..oosirsj..................... .00770 .006455 .00740) Calc. Compr mating field (if used).................................................................................. f (e) Adjustment, fit, and materials.. .Satis factorj.. in. accordance..with. approved.plane., and ..........specifications.................................................................. 1................................................................ [/) Effectiveness of inclosure (type tests).......PfiP 7PPQO.fas__Spec ifi6d., (?) Noise....Not..excessive... (Ji) Balance...099^. 0 7 7 2110it) Lubricatiu,,.. il.. ..Kayj:..?J ?ipol. ... u< lu.-iinui oi,lratiun.l5.?...inclinaticn..teEt..run.T2ade..wi.th..exciter .coupled..to..generator.................... ....Serial Ho...1-10P812.................................. ........... ............................................................................................................ ......T.o..be..ffiade...cn. tuT'b.Q-genei:g.tQr..C.QEibine.d...upi.t...tests..................................................................................... 410 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Curve No. 266180 LIN E VOLTS L.TTJK AMPERES 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 KILOWATT LOSSES 409 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Test No. 1-10P812 Pile C-70862 15. Insulation resistance (on each generator, see par. F-17): (a) Insulation resistance in megohms: B " Botor S -- Stator (1)BlQQjL-SlQO-. megohms, while generator is hot (approximate temperature of generator_____ 1.9.C.) (2) megohms, after generator has cooled (approximate temperature of generatorC.) 16. Tests of generator field rheostat (with generator for which intended, see par. F-19): Face Plate Type, S$4Wl85 (a) Heating and smoothness of voltage adjustment (at least one of each size and type on order): $5"44-Y-485 L&M-83Y500 (1) Temperature rise at generator rated load: 123 amperes and 63 volts drop in rheostat set On Resistance of (0) Metal of resistive conductor...... .................................. .293........... C. contact Begment #2k. gen. field at (&) Imbedding material....................................................... None......... C. Issuing air 1 foot above 40c. is .464 ohm(c) Issuing air, i'from resistoi2ajsisj3(|inL-.top..rojf;...2.7D-C. top row of resistors-- (2) Smoothness of voltage adjustment: 96<'>C . (a) Range of close voltage adjustment from 9-Q$i................_-._..kQ5--volts to 1053*--yy- .AXS.. volts. Steps No. V66 to Y58 Variation___ 1TSk____ 3.1.4 volts per step between 4.Q5. volts and 5.63 _.._t(3.?--.. volta. Steps No. V58 to VkO Variation___'Sk............2.2 vo]ts per step-between 9.63 43?_ volts and .3.9-2?..--4.7.?..... volts. (3) Smoothness of grading the resistance: (a) Field current with no load maximum......................... .1.75... amps., minimum..............................-?3_. amps. (f>) Open circuit generator voltage for each rheostat point; voltages: - 6iQ ..................--3.99.-- (fc) Check tests (on each rheostat with generator for which intended): (1) Dielectric test of 1,500 volts, 60 cycle A. C. for one minute ..PK:___ ................................................................................... (2) Total ohmic resistance of rheostat...................... 4.i8.. ohms.. megohms . (3) Graduations in the resistance, steps .1.45............ Step. to..Step_ resistances. OK by. VOltS._drop (4) Other comparisons with rheostat given complete test: ..S.atis^factorx,...................................--.................. 44` 17. Tests of automatic voltage regulator (see par. F-20): K.X). Sp6C . 17-R-2 . Only Tests On component parts Note.--1This test shall be made and reported on combined unit test (Term INM-38 A or fe). iier* - Por.tB...V.9X..ly.Jl_-at^dar4..teBtS-_for_.contrpl_-eguipiaent...... Each_.voltage__regul_atq_r _e_lemeiit j 18. Tests of generator spares (all spares, see par. F-18): Spare Parts List On Dwg. No . 31"J"651.was calibrated. Spake Parts as Applicable to Qekxratok Furnished Inspection Tests and Cokkknts Rotors, complete in every respect (a) Revolving field__ T.?.4.4...i9...?)r."5?................................... !......................................... Tested in Fr. No........................ ffl) Til ^ win ilTLrwinwrfnrri--................................................................................................................ Tested in Fr. No. B Bearings or bearing linings (sleeve bearings shall be complete sets)... .QK.... C Oil gages for sleeve type bearings (one complete unit of each type).. ,None,. D Brushes, carbon, complete set...................................................... OK E Brush holders, complete (three extra springs for each)____ OK F Brush rigging insulation (complete sets of insulating pieces used). OK G Coils of each size and tvpe--including stator coils (complete sets) ............................... Resistance readings Checked H Slot insulation (comple`te sets).............................................................. 'OK I Slip rings (complete assembly)............................................................. OK............................................................................ J Bearing lubricant seals (sets)................................................................ _ OK ........... K Tools..Zacked._vith.Exciter .Spares................................ !.0K. jL Protection and boxing..Boxing. 2pgC . jj.2B5......... .QN.. 19. Does the generator and spare parts meet the contract or order specifications and approved planB in every respect? ?__*.__?4i.. type.test represents__3fLgeneratorsA..Serials__No. 1__to 4.spare rotorsL. above,_ and wlll_represent,.l6.generators,._Seri^s_.No.. l__tp__l6-i^Pl84..... when.these..bave__bs_en_.tested . ___A^.routine..test,.va.B_.made. on__e&ch._g@nera.tor_. The 2nd generator given te^erat^e__jtest8__as__in._P^..._JU._TOS__Serial..Np_.._5"i3?i.45j.......... h9..P.i?.?.vere .nea.rly_.the_ s^e.-as. for __this . 1st .generator,..Serial.No__ 1-10?8l2:.............. Tests were made at the East Pittsburgh Works of the Inspector's signature, Westinghouse E. & M. Co. (1st on 7/l/hl) (Signed) F.C. nartaan 408 Performance Data and Tests Teat No. 1-10P812 File C-70862 IX. Heating (see par. F-13): ' Specified ambient temperature_____ 5.0------ C. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE RISES Naus or PAiir Gere list names of parts on which temperatures are re corded. (See table 1, appendix 1) 0:r Exes Genxeatob On at Least One Genehatoe or Each Size and Trrc on Each Oedex At IAt 100% load with designed _At 125% load JorXKJBt 190% load to 5 min, with At 150% load for 5 mio. with P. F. 5 hrddslened pTf. designed P. F. 0.5 P. F. Method > Method 2 Method l Method 2 Method 1 Method 2 Method 1 Method 2 Stator Core ...22..1.. .............Stator Cop_p_er................. 2lf Stator Copper '#51.5" Kotor Copper 31 51 Air Gap Iron 29-5 Collector Rings Dampers k9 2.k ^ Front Bearing 15 JL538.2 "*60 ?60-.... 62 k2 ..31.___ 35 ...22:5... ...SI...... --.......... -- ............ 1.2 Stator Res., Phase A-C. in o hrmn - .( 10150 ..,.0.0.113 ,at..21.C Gal. of Water/minute through Cooler ....50.... Temp, of Water going in Cool er 2605, _...5.Q.... .....ak?.c_. Temp. of Water out of Cooler 29C. a.c.. Temp_._pf.Air_.hlpwing...Qiit..pi`.. 3s.ple.r... ...J3C_, Temp_,_._o_f Air_.hlpwing.._in._.C.o.Ql er._____ 32-.5C_, .............. 3i.5.a, .............. .3Q_5?-G. Temp, of Room Air 2kr.. AHOD.ien.t...Tp]TOPmtuxe__________ _31CL.. --31?.C.,. ...3.0CU Comments: *By_._te_imerato............ B^..tlemo-co^le_^ut _an _for._teBt.. ienttemperatime _for __fo_m ........................................................................ 12. Efficiency (one of each size and type on each order, see par. F-l~): (o) Conventional efficiency losses in i#aHBC kilowa'b'ts: Load Load * \{ Load a) 8.2lf (2) ...... _a,5.2.. (3) 10.05 x fid. amp. (4) Brush contact lo6s..flHd.-l?B.-jlD..X.O.`t.OX....^..^' he.ae.t&t... ................ ....ik.-.aa.. 3 8(5) ...... A.. . ... (6) 1 (d) Direct connected exciter loss (if used exclu sively for excitation)........................................ (7) Totals.................. ........................... .................................. .... 2..03... 4S7dX" (t) Calculated efficiency at ):i load ___%; % load____S5.t2... %; % load ---- %. 5/J+"loa^-"96.5^ (C Alternate methods:'........................................................................................................................................... 13. Overspeed (on each generator, see par. F-lo): (a) Maximum overspeed__A5.Q9......... r. p. m. (2o% greater than normal for 30 minutes). le) Check for: Noise ........... Dynamic balance and smoothness of running----- Evidence of distortion___ J??............................................................. Injury \......................... . Noticeable change in condition of any part (comment): ....................................................................................................... 34. Dielectric strength (on each generator, see par. F-I6): **!' Test voltage applied each circuit Stetor............. frQQQ........ volts. To sp&Ce llBS/fcerS l600 'VoX'fcs ft*. T^t voltage appi:l field winding-*.........................._?p00........volts. To Imbedded temperature detector coils Comment: _.All_..QKs........................................................................ -l6O_0___YQI13............................................................ ....... 407 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit Test No. 1-10P812 File C-70862 2. Effectiveness of enclosure (on each type, see par. F-4) ----- Due to closed system of ventilating air ducts, a suction of .7 inch of water is developed in the end bells and therefore the end bell hand hole covers should be____ ..keptLii^ttlX. closed.-................................................... ................................................................................ 3. Inclined operation (at least one of each size and type on each order, see par. F-5)............................................................................. Non.--This test shall be made and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A ore). Test on Space Heaters:- Stator winding temperatures after space heaters had been on j^on^--^go Qn j.. 26 on Ht. Hear, 2j __on _Lt ..Rear .._...ith. Room, Air..22P.Q..--therefgre_.sjgace..heaters__shpuld.kee5.windings..an..aYerage___of._8C. 4. Noise (on each generator, see par. F-6)__________________________ ______________________ --&bpV.6..room.. temperature . Note.--This test shall be repeated and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A or B). ___ N9.t-.exMtaaiva.-............................................................................................................................................................... 5. Balance (see par. F-7): (o) Mechanical balance (on each generator) _GQd_t___ Note.--This test shall be repeated and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A or B). ` (6) Electrical balance (on each generator) ..fiQQ&.t.___yfil."t3^e._l35iance__j^Jhin _l^_.Taxi.a`tipn......... .................. (c) Phase unbalance (at least one generator of each size and type on each order) Note.--This test shall be repeated and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A or B). j ........ _Jl5Qj,,.fe3A,,and_43_6.,,Mtoder ........................ 6. Lubrication: (At least one generating unit of each size and type on each order, Bee par. F-8) .................................................................... Note.--This test shall be repeated and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A or B). j (a) Temperature rise (on complete tests) i..PH.A^CPHAl.:...............!...................................................................... () Does lubricating system perform satisfactorily? (Other machines on order.) P_^__ r............... .-- Pressurrf4.-fiil..ll?feri5a-tipn................................................................................................................................................ 7. Voltage regulation, S. C. ratio and transient reactance (see par. F-9): (a) Combined unit inherent voltage regulation.............................................................. (At least one of each sizerand type, see para. F-9 and F-20).................... Note.--This test shall be made and reported on combined unit test (Form INM-36 A or B>. (6) Generator inherent voltage regulation __fr5_tAj&_............ See._ Curve _]Jo2_$_$JL8Qj----- CESS...UQ9).......... .................... By method No. 2--saturation curvespercent (each generator), (c) Short circuit ratio (at least one cl each size and type on each order) ....A.S.0.6S............................................................................. Field current at rated open circuit armature voltage and rated frequency ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------- ;--^------------ -- -------------- -- short circuit ratio. Field current at rated armature current on sustained symmetrical short circuit at rated frequency (d) Transient reactance (at least one of each size and type on each order). Oscillogram NO- L-152o^ CUTY6 Transient reactance .12.--.8_........percent. Subtransient reactance 15.1# 261+035. 8. Parallel operation (all generators, see par. F-10) ................................................ .Vote.--This test shall bo made and reported on combined unit test (Perm INM-36 A or B). .Teat..on..eiiace..heaters:.-..b..mits..in._BarallelJ...Stjle..Ng....lO_35.72pj;.. 115.. voltSa ___2.5Q.watts..each;.....Measured., input .115..yoltSj....8...6..anere.g......................................... 9. Wave shape (at least one generator of each size and type on order, see par. F-ll): . (a) Deviation factor on all phases by means of oscillograph: Oscillogram No. P-1087* Field. Amperes ll8. 5: On open circuit terminal voltage 53]t~TQlts ...... _5_i5___ percent. On 125 percent rated load voltage _21st __!*$-. _.llth_.5 percent.} 9th.5$j 7th 1.0$; 5th 1.5$j Harmonics in voltage wave 27-th..^.5$+-.... -25th.-5--16-- percent. 25rcL 4.40$; 1st 99-75$ j 5*"d *6$. 10. Short circuit (on each generator, see par. F-I2) ....................................................................................................................................................... () Condition of windings after single phase dead short circuit for 2 minutes ..No .Climge eviaent;................................... () Condition of windings after three phase dead short circuit for 2 minutes ...If9..oharuje.. evident.................................... Comments: .276.0...s.us.tained..s.hor.t.-..circuit..afflp.eres...oji.3-ph.as.e...t.e.3.t..Kl'fch..7.9.,.2............. . .amp.eres.in.field.............^Qlk. sustained. shprt.TC.l^^^ .test .with . 76. ]f_. amperes...in..field............................................................................. ............................................... 406 Performance Data and Tests rtWo.ltlOP8l2 >*. 4 January, 19^5 Fils C-70862 FACTORY TEST RECORD--A. C. GENERATORS ISSUED BY THE BUREAU OF ENGINEERING, UNITED STATES NAVY DEPARTMENT To be used in connection with Navy Department Specification! 17G8 of latest issue IDENTIFICATION DATA Contract or Order Data: Contractor Westlnghoufle Electric & Manufacturing Company................................ ..................................................... Navy contract or shipbuilding order No.__HQLl..ZQ862 Date ^...Jsnuarjlj _12^l0_______________________________________ To be installed on U. S. S.' -IOWA J3B61j__NEW_JERSEY EB62j_ MISSOURI EB63.,. WISCONSIN BB64,._ ........................................................................................................ .N&VX.-X&xdsj.......Brocl^^..and. Philadelphia................................................................................................................................... Prims Mover Data: Type andrrmnnfartm-pr Geared Steam Turbine By Weatinghouae E. & M. Co., Eaainqton. Pa............ Manufacturer's serial No. ____________________ _____________________ ___________________________________________ ____________________ Refer to factory test record Nos........................................ ...................................................................... .......................................... ............................ Voltage Regulator Data: Type Bnri mnnnfaetnrer Navy Type "BN-2". Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company........ Uniform specification data plan--manufacturer's No. 21~sI"SZ6...................... .... Bu. Eng. No. H&6_ly_S5ly* Rheostats or resistances serial Nos. S..Q....83r.Xr.5QQ.__................................................................................... BB6l-S6l- *___ liefer to factory test reports on voltage regulator and rheostat component units .&&..X6STks...iri..J)axagrap.h._T7.(Forms INM-23 and 35) Nos........................................................................................................................................................... (attached). D. C. Generator (Exciter) Data: Type and manufacturer .TyP.e_STj.03-T.6.J.._..V.ag.1liAlgh.QUaa.JE----.&.JM.-...C.O...____ Uniform specification data plan manufacturer's No........5"AtSS12........................................... Exciter rating: Volts___ 120................................. ......... Kw...........1.6........................................... Serial No. .lr.lQP.8l5_..................... Bu. Eng. No. BB.6jkrS.6.1.r.05.7. Amperes___133. Refer to factory test report (Form INM-22) Nos. 1t1QJ?615- 4l0-.ChUf.)................................................ (attached). A. C. Generator Data: ' For (service application)__ShJOE>a..B.O.V.?X...?nl.IlSJll______________________________ _________________ ____ ____________________ Type and manufacturer .Sp.aCiSl.Er.....6-.kkrl/2..X..22-l/2..]bX-Xa5.t.iJ^O.Ue.a.EI..l.M,...C.0.^...W0319-65.-'ra,. Uniform specification data plan manufacturer's No........31r-<Ir.651........................... Bu. Eng. No. ..BB61tS.61t08-5...... -.......... Rating: Kw......... 125-0..................... P. F. ..B.Qp............................ Kv.-a.........15.62.................. _..... Amperes___.?.Q_Q5..................... Voltage__k5.Q................... Phases ..3........................... Cycles____ 60 R. p. m................................... .1200................... Generator serial No.......... lrS.rl0P8l2............ ......................... Rotor serial No.........lr.Er.lQP8l2........................................ INSPECTION AND TEST DATA (Refer par. F-l) 1. Adjustment, fit, material, and weight (on each generator, see par. F--3): (a) Materials ._AaaQrdiD^..o..plau.g..^d.sp.eclfications; (fc) Workmanship__ GO.Ol.................................................................................................... (c) Fit........Goad................................................................................................. (d) Adjustment ....SatlslaC.lOXy................................................................................. (?) Air gap measurements (record on figure at right) __AYX_a^e ___. 2_g_0_._i_nch (/) Does design conform in all particulars with approved plans?__XS __________ .265 (tf) Weights: (1) A. C. generator................................................................ .12,_638____lb. (2) D. C. exciter-................................................. 1,1^5........lb. (3) A. C. generator with exciter (complete)--................. 13*783____ lb. Total. (4) A. C. rotor............................................................................. 5*-Q55-___ lb. (5) D. C. armature..................................................... .SltQ........ lb. (6) A. C. generator spares (less spare rotor)--.................0,137.......lb. for____ ..8___generators. (7) D. C. exciter spares (less spare armature)................. 127.___lb. for....... ..8___generators. (8) A. C. generator field rheostat..........................................1>2_Q.Q___lb. (9) D. C. exciter field rheostat.......................................................3Q___lb. Without 92/r) Boxes - Hot available at date of publication. 405 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit PRELIMINARY FACTORY TEST REPORT JUMP TEST 1250-KW. TURBO-GENERATOR TURBINE SERIAL l-A-9179-1 ?> LOAD 1---------------- i------------ KW. ' THROTTLE <EXHAUST j SPEED LOAD , Pres.! Temp. .Vacuum - Rpra. CONDITION 100 1248.0 540 750 ' 00 ! 0 0 540 "50 i 100 124".0 1 100 1245.0 540 750 .; 1200 ' 1280 1240 ll$o . 1200 Steady Jump Steady Jump Steady 125 1404.0 0o 0 0 ' 54c "50 125 1404.0 125 1404.0 540 -750 ; ' 1192 1290 1240 1150 . 1192 Steady Jump Steady Jump Steady PARALLEL TEST 1250-KW. TURBO-GENERATOR TURBINES SERIAL l-A-9179-1 and l-A-9179-2 ' 1 r:? "XH'sr.spEHDl .;atts load THROTTLE EXK'ST speed! s'ATTS watts LOAD -.rir-s. jlemp. --=cuum' Rpm. ; 2 -2 2 - p ir.v. _ LOAD Pres.|Temp. Vacuum Rpm. 1-2 2-3 KW. * ' "V - 5-: v' f -1 * - " ' .' ` : -' .' - *' .- ' . " 127- r 11 22;.'' 22 2 " 2'. 1225' 22 z 221c JC2 215 flO.C 512 -5-.r iiO 5C 2'* ` ." 12Z2 '.2 2 ;-' ?- ' -z 2 2 ~. C ZC2 ... ! l;-4f.7 22- - .. . _ .` -. 1212 1215 -'5 r-y _r. 232C...f , - ' * ' *"* * " 2" c 77.- ' 2 i - 22-.2 i 2: ~.c =40 ^iio -Ck ~U0 r_ ioe ; 540 -- riiC ""C : ~hZ -; ~T=- 25.4 23." 23.'' 23." 27." 27.z 1230 14: 122; 22= 121c 310 1210 413 1200 50c 11-0 11C 300 22G 333.3 525 "62.0 436 102413 542 1260 1 r~0 2." 23." 2 ." 2 2i.~ 1 z > ' ."24 1210 440 1215 : 22-. 22C 127-Cj 12 - :;-c :i~;.2 456 ilC;1.2 31C "=0." 21: : 13C 404 Performance Data and Tests cr> ia[HM> i--i PwC CO w zI--I CQ 05 2-3> os m Oa, w H H cq m s W 03 2> o>H C5 Eh C1 03 o <pH W A >< s 05 < 25 H Eh i Q w< 05 Ph O PC O Eh <ce w 2 M C5 6 PQ 05 EDh 6 CD CM Sto D O < > =3 s < maEh SD 2 U < > o3 s < HEh J 09 J oa 2 O 2 a <oa <QO J eoP soe 403 1250-Kw. Geared Turbine Generator Unit 11. With gradual changes in load from 0$ to 125$ the variations in speed expressed in percentage of normal operating speed was within 4$ of normal full-load speed. 12. With gradual changes in load from 20$ to 100$ the variations in speed expressed in percentage of normal operating speed was within 5$ of normal full-load speed. 15. One unit was tested with the oil cooler out of service for a period sufficient to permit the tube bundle to be removed and replaced. Part IV PERFORMANCE DATA TESTS 1. The following data, were obtained during tests conducted at the plant of the manufacturer. STEAM CONDITIONS NORMAL Pressure at throttle ...................................... 540 lb/sq. in. gage Total temperature at throttle ............... 825 deg. P. Exhaust pressure ................................................ 1 lb/sq. in. absolute 2. When operating under the normal steam conditions, as given above, the following performance was obtained: Kw. Load onA-C. Generator Kw. Load on D-C. Exciter Total Steam Consumption Lbs /Hr. Wa.ter Rate Lbs/Kw./Hr. 625-0 937-5 1250.0 1562.5 Excitation Excitation Excitation Excitation 6841 9649 12530 15700 10.946 10.292 10.024 . 10.048 The performance curve for the above tests is :shown in Figure T-33 4. The turbine is also capable of delivering 1250 kw. (full load on a-c and d-c. ma.chines) with 432 Ib/in2 ga.ge throttle pressure, 825 F. total temperature and 1 lb/in2 absolute, back pressure. 5- 'When operating under normal steam conditions the turbine carried 150$ loa.d 1875 kw. on a-c. generator plus excita.tion for a period of five minutes. The pa.rts of the turbines subjected to high steam pressures and tem peratures were tested hydranlically a.s follows: Steam Inlet Pipe ..................................................... Throttle Va.lve .......................................................... Steam Chest Chamber of Turbine Caning . Turbine Casing (H.P. End) .............................. Turbine Casing (L.P. End) .............................. 930 930 930 4p0 50 Ib/in2 ga.ge lb/in2 gage Ib/in2 ga.ge lb/in2 gage lb/in2 gage The turbine exhaust casing relief valve was set at 1C pounds gage, and the sentinel valve at 2 Ib/in2 gage. The excess back-pressure safety trip was set to trip the throttle at 5 lb/in2 ga.ge. The low oil pressure alarm switch was set to operate at 4 Ib/in2 gag 10. The overspeed trip mechanism was set to operate a.t 10fa above normal full-loa.d speed (or 1320 rpm. of the generator), and will trip the throttle within 8<p to 12^ above norma.l full speed. 401 Part V SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS Description Page SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS...................................................................... 501-530 A-C. Generator (BB6l to BB64 only) .............................. 501-502 A-C. Generator (BB65 and BB66 only).............................. 503-504 D-C. Exciter (BB6l to BB66).................................................. 505 Generator Air Cooler (BB6l to BB66)......................... ... 506 Type "BN-2" Voltage Regulator (BB6l to BB66) . . 509-514 Turbine and Reduction Gear (BB6l and 62 only). . 5-15-522 Turbine and Reduction Gear (BB63 to 66 only) . . 523-530 ITEM N( LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS VESSEL REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 31-J-651 BUREAU NO. HB61-S61-083 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB6l TO 64 INCLUSIVE 8 GENERATORS PER VESSEL. ONE SET OF SPARES CONSISTS OF ITEMS 1 TO 14 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION SHIP'S POWER & LIGHT NAVY CONTRACT NOa 70862 APPLIANCE 125O-KW. A-C. GENERATOR SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. PS ui cn m b. Xu O 0. X u X bI I5 DD ZZ NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. 11 1 Rotor Couplets in Every Respect (Revolving Field) Stored at Navy Yard D. 3I-J-656 Items 2-3-4 6-7 2-3 4-6 7 For All Replacements Order the Following Parts Drawing Item 12 1940 Pounds Per Machine + Items 15, 16, 18. 31'-J-657 Group #3 D. 3I-J-652 Item 11 85O Pounds Per Machine + Item 17 D. 3W-652 Item 12 1940 Pounds Per Machine+ Items 13 To 16 11 17 12 15 TO It D. 3I-J-657 Group #1 5 TO 64 D. 3I-J-659 Group #2 27 TO 41 31-.T-656 31-j-652 31-J-652 31-J-657 31-J-659 BB61-U.S.S. Iowa BB62-U.S.S. New Jersey BB63-U.S.S. Missouri BB64-U.S.S. Wisconsin WG-31965-TP Spare Rotor S.O. IO-P-813 and S.O. 13-P-146 Spare Rotor for Use With 1250-Kv., A-C.Turbine Generator, Frame 6-44-22-1/2. Built on S.O. 10-P-812 and S.O. 13-P-145 LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR TH INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. Net Wt. 5050 NUMBER OF SHEETS 501 SHEET NUMBER LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS PER VR&Spj. REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 31-J.651 BUREAU NO. BB61-S61-083 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB6l TO 64 INCLUSIVE 8 GENERATORS EER VESSEL. CHE SET OF SPARES CONSISTS OF ITEMS 1 TO 14 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION SHIP'S POWER & LIGHT NAVY CONTRACT NO s 70862 APPLIANCE 1250-KW. A-C. GENERATOR SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. TEM NO. P td n b tn b. O M02. fwif ouz 2i D Z NAME OF PART OR TOOL 2 2 72 Stator Coils leads MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA D. 31-J-655 Items 1-2-3 MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. 1-2 3 DWG. NO. 31-j-655 BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. 3 21 Slot Insulation Set (Complete Set) 3). 31-J-655 Group #3 3-9,12 13,16 31-j-655 20,66 4 26 Rotor Coils 2 Open 1 Open 2 Crossed 1 Crossed D. 3I-J-657 Items 5,6,14, 16 7,8 14,18 5-19 50,31 35-57 9,10,13.15 11,12,13,17,+ 19,30,31,35, 36,37 31-657 5 21 Bearing Lining D. 3I-J-658 Items 26-29 26-29 31-j-658 6 88 Brushes, Carhon, Complete Sets S. 1 240 018 26 31-J-659 7 1/4 8 Brushholder Complete D. 3I-J-659 15-22, Items 15-22,24 24 31-J-659 8 3/4 8 Brushholder Spring 9 2 1 . Brush Rigging Insulation D. 3I-J-659 Items 16,17, 18,20,21,22 16,17, 18,20, 21,22 31-J-659 D. 31-J-659 Items 3-7 3-7 31-j-659 10 82 Bearing Oil Seals D. 3I-J-658 16,31 Items 16, 31 To 34,40 34,40 31-j-658 11 12 Oil Gages for Bearing (Supplied by 1 UrDine Builder) 13 11 Collector Complete vith Bushing D. 3I-J-659 27-37 Group #2 39-41 31-J-659 14 81 End Bell Airseal D. 31-J-668 Items 62-71 62-71 31-J-688 WG-31965-TP Spare Parts S.O. 10-P-8l4 " and S.O. 13-P-147 Spare Ihrts for Use With 1250-Kv., A-C. Turbine Generator Frame 6-44-22-1/2. Built on S.O. 10-P-812 and S.O 13-F-145 Generator Cooler Spares Supplied By Harrison Radiator Division, Lockport.N.Y. BB61-U.S.S. Iowa BB62-U.S.S. New Jersey BB63-U.S.S. Missouri BB64-U.S.S. Wisconsin LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. HUMBER OF SEEETS 4 502 sntrKT NUMHER IT E M Nt LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS FOR TOO VESSEL REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 31-J-651 BUREAU NO. BB61-S61-083 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: 3365 and bb66 obu addi I/-'4'{SSFAT0RS 108 7ESSEL- 0HE S OF SPARES CONSISTS OF ITEfE 2 TO 15 INCLUSIVE Al'J'i.H-AUUN SHIP'S POWER & TTflffP NAVY CONTRACT NOs 70862 APPLIANCE 1250-kw. a-c. generator SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. . etmii &M b O OUfk' eUsI UI 22 DD ZZ NAME 07 PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND. PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. 2 1 72 Stator Coils 31 1 Slot Insulation Set (Complete Set) 41 6 Rotor Coils 2 Open 1 Open 2 Crossed 1 Crossed D. 31-J-655 Items 1-2-3 1-2 3 D. 3I-J-655 Group #3 5-9 12-13 16-20 66 D. 31-J-657 5 TO Items 5-6-14- 19 l6 Items 7-8-14 30 18 Items 9"10-13 15 Items 11-12 13-17- +19 30-35-36-37 68 35 36 37 68 31-J-655 31-j-655 31-j-657 Spares for Storage Ashore BB65-U.S.S. Illinois BB66-U.S.S. Kentucky W&-31965-TP Spare Parts S.O. 15-r-j.ot Spare Parts for Use With 12J0 -Ev., A-C. Turbine Generator Frame S-tb-22-1/2. Built on S.O. 15-P-184 LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF TOE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NUMBER OF SHEETS 4 503 SHEET NUMBER 3 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS PER VESSEL REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 31-J-651 BUREAU NO. BB61-S61-083 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: HB65 AMD BB66 ONLY 8 GENERATORS PER VESSEL. ONE SET OF SPAHES CONSISTS OF ITEMS 2 TO 15 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION SHIP'S POWER & LIGHT NAVY CONTRACT NOa 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE 1250-KW. A-C. GENERATOR MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. E3 iWdi U. Si 0 0. 1g sS 3 Z 3z NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. ITEM NO. 5 1 1 Bearing Lining D. 3I-J-658 Items 26 To 29 26 To 29 31-J-658 6 5 8 Brushes, Carbon, Complete Sets S. 1 240018 26 31-J-659 7 1/4 8 Brushholder Complete D. 31-J-659 Items 15, 17 To 20, 22, 44, 45, 46 15,17 To 20 22,44 45,46 31-J-659 8 1-3/E 8 Brushholder Spring D. 3I-J-659 ' 17,18 Items 17, 18. 20,22 20,22,44,45, 44,45 46 46 51-J-659 9 1 1 Brush Rigging Insulation 10 5 2 Bearing Oil Seals D. 3I-J-659 Items 6, 7, 47, 48, 49 D. 31-J-658 Items 48 TO 50 6,7, 47 48 To 50 31-J-659 31-J-658 14 5 1 End Bell Air Seal 15 1 1 Oil Gage for Bearing D. 31-J-688 82 ItemB 82, 83 83 31-J-688 (Supplied by Turbij ie Builder) Spares for Aboard Ship BB65-U.S.S. Illinois BB66-U.S.S. Kentucky WG-3I965-TP Spare Parte S.O. 15-P-184- Spare Parte for Use With 1250-Kv. A-C. Turbine Generator. Frame 6-44-22-1/2. Built on S.O. 15-P-184 LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTEr--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NUMBER OF SHEETS 4 504 SHEET NUMBER 4 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 5-A-9812 BUREAU NO. BB61-S61-097 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: HB61 u.s.s. iowa, bb62 u.s.s. raw JERSEY, BB63 U.S.S. MISSOORI, HB64 U.S.S. WISCONSIN, BB65 U.S.S. ILLINOIS, BB66 U.S.S. KENTUCKY APPLICATION mwms FOR A-C. GENERATOR NAVY CONTRACT NOa 70862 APPLIANCE D-C. EXCITER SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. SETS S n d z O s a. i gu 3 Z 3 Z NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MKRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. EUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER ' PC. DWG. NO. SPARES FOR ONE VESSEL *1 2 1 Armature Couplete D. 3-B-8878 * 2 1/4 **5 Armature Coils (11 Coils) D. 5-A-9S07 *3 3 Jm Bearing Complete * k 4/9 18 Brushholder D. 84-C-168 S. 828 217 * 5 Brush Stud Insulation Consist- ing of 1 Rocker Ring D. 69-D-381 * 6 1-3/9 18 Brushholder Springs Complete Brushholder Supplied * 7 8 18 Brushes * 8 1/6 6 Commutating Field Coil * 9 1/6 *10 1/3 6 Series Field Coil 6 Shunt Field Coil S. 828 217 S. 782 769 L. 372 273 L. 372 273 L. 372 273 *11 1 Set of Slot Insulation and Binding Material Consisting of: 45 4 10 4 134 1 1 45 Slot Liners No. 979 Treated Paper, .CIO" x 4-l/4" x 5" Insulation Under Bands, N0.98O Treated Fullerhoard, .035" x 1-3/4" x 40" Insulation Between Coils on End Treated Duck, .030" x 1-3/4" x 34" Insulation Between Coils on Ends, Treated Duck, .030" x 2-1/4" x 34 Tapered Maple Blocks for Separating Commutator Kecks While Soldering 1-1/4" Wide x 2-1/4" Long, 5/32" Wide at Top 1/16" Wide at Bottom Twine for Binding Around Mica at Ends of Commutator BU 50 Ft. Qt. Can No. &J2 Red Enamel Fibre Wedges 5/32" x .488" Wide x 4" Long 10 6 17 35 22 21 20 31-J-210 31-J-210 31-.J-208 31-J-209 31-J-208 31-J-209 31-J-209 51-J-209 31-J-209 31-J-209 Continued on Next Page _ V5-31965-TP Spare Parts S.O. 15-P-1S6, S.O. 10-P-316 and S.O. 13-P-l4c LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER Spare Parts for Use With Type "SK", Frame No. 193*6 Horizontal, lo-Kv., 120-VoTt] 1200 Rpm., D-C. Exciter, Built on S.O. 10-P-815, S.O. 13-P-l!t8, and ' S.O. 15-p-185 L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. HUMBER OF SHEETS 505 SHEET NUMBER LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 5-A-9812 BUREAU NO. BB61-S61-097 NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: 3361 U.S.S. ICWA, BB62 U.S.S. HEW JERSEY, BB63 U.S.S. MISSOURI, BB64U.S.S. WIS0OTS3jH> BB65 U.S.S. ILIiTHOIS, J3B66 U.S.S. KEHTUCKY APPLICATION ntnpi nna FOB A-0. GEHERATCE NAVY CONTRACT NOa 7086a APPLIANCE D-C. EXCITER SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. *12 1 1 185 Ft. of .0453" Dia. Banding Wire *13 1 24 Tinned Sheet Steel Banding Clips .013" x 1/2" x l-3/4"Long *14 1 1 Feeler Gage, Per Page of *15 1 D. Spep. 376035 1 Spring Balance, Per Page 2 of D. Spec. 376035 *Note - For BB65 and 66 Only the Quantities of Spares should he as follows: Item Ho. of Sets 1 2 3 4 5 6 7,8,9 10 II,12,13 14, 15 1 Stowed on Shore Omit 2 1/9 OX. 5/18 OX. 1/6 Omit OX. WG-31965-TP Spare Parts S.O. I5-P-I86, S.O. 10-P-816 and s.o. 13-P-149 Spare Parts for Use With Type "SK", Frame Ho. 193*6 Horizontal, 16-Kw., 120-Volt, 120QRpm., D-C. Exciter, Built on S.O. 10-P-81' S.O. 13-P-148 and S.O. I5-F-185 LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. HUMBER OF SHEETS 1 506 SHEET HUMBER 1 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS HARRISON RADIATOR DIVISION GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION PARTS PRICE LIST Sheet No. 1 ntsTOMPP ftF-STINGHOUSE ELECTRIC & UFG. CO.---------------------------------MODEL HE-103-5 CUSTOMER'S PART NOHARRISON PART NO----------------------------HARRISON -- NO. HARRISON PART NO. CUSTOMER'S PART NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE 8502080 127988 8500116 8602081 8601786 8501787 8502086 8502L51 8501100 7107088 86020% 8602085 Vent Air Cooler Assem. Screws, Name plate (2) Plate. Name Gasket. Tod & Bottom (2) Gasket. End Tod (2) Gasket. End Bottom (2) Screw. Mounting Plate & Ancle (6) Bolt. Tod & Bottom Plate (26) Nuts. Tod ft Bottom Plate 8/8" (6) T.ockwasher 8/8" (61______________________ Anale. Mounting Tod ft Bottom Plate. Mounting (2) REMARKS 8602088 8502081 8502086 8502/, 61 8501100 8107088 850208/, 8502085 Frames & Bottom Plate Assem. Gasket. Tod & Bottom (2) Screw. Uountine Plate & Ancle Bolt. Tod & Bottom Plate (26) Nuts. Tod ft Bottom Plate 3/8" Lockv.a sher 8/8" (6) Ansle. liountinp Tod ft Bottom Plate, liountinp (2) (6) (6) 85020A0 R5020/.1 Frame Assem. (Left Hand) Frame, Top ft Bottom L. H. (2) Frame. Side L. H. (2) 850POL2 85020/, 5 8502017 8602018 8502016 Frame Assem. (Riaht Hand) Frame, Top ft- Bottom, R. H. Frame, Side, R. H. Bottom Plate Assem. Baffle, Lar/'e (2) Baffle. Small Plate. Bottom (2) 8502019 Top Plate Assem. .8502017 Baffle, T.arfe 8502018 Baffle. Small 8502050 Plate. Tod ABOVE PRICES NET F. O. B | LQCKPO;?T_- N^Y. PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANQC WITHOUT NOTICE. PLEASE USE OUR PART NUMBER WHEN ORDERINQ. (2) (2) EFFECTIVE 19li/L 507 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS HARRISON RADIATOR DIVISION GENERAL MOTORS CORPORATION PARTS PRICE LIST Sheet No- 2 riCTi-mre TffiSTTNfiHOIISR KT.KCTRTC & MFG. CO.------------------------------ MODEL HB-103-5----------- CUSTOMER'S PART NOHARRISON PART NO---------------------------HARRISON *-* NO.. HARIKSON PART MO. CUSTOMER'S PART NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE REMARKS 8-502051 8501500 8501100 8107088 8502052 8502053 850205L 8502055 8501 (535 8501636 3110932 8501A58 8501i59 8501637 8501A60 8501 A88 3111727 3111728 3111729 8502056 8501 3A8 8502061 103865 Coro & Cover Assem. (2) Pipn, PI up 1 fs) Mnt.Pr Covnr ^/8n flOO^ Lockwasher 3/8" (100) Cover. Inlet & Outlet (2) Cover. Rear (2)___________________________ Gasket. Inlet & Outlet Cover (2) Gasket., Rear Cover ( 2) (rafllcp+.r 7,i nc Support; C,ovr (2) Zinc SuDDort Cover Assem. Cotter Pin (2) Nut. Zinc Support (2) Washer. Zinc SuDDort (2) Zinc (2) (2) Stud. Zinc Support (2) Cover, Zinc Support (2) Zinc Assem. (L) Zinc (L) PIup. Zinc Support (L) Core Assem. (2) St.ud. Header PI at.e. Short. (901 Stud. Header Plate. Lons (10) Pipe Plug (3) . ABOVE PRICE* NET P. O. B {f5SS55S2iUil PRICE* SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. PLEASE USE OUR PART NUMBER WHEN ORDERING. rrrrr-rivF Ifoy 25. 1942 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB-61 TO HB-66 INCLUSIVE TEM NO. SETsj APPLICATION VOLTAGE CONTROL NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. b tn U. & O Q. atil: OtiSl 1 D Z zSz> NAME OF PART OR TOOI. TYPE "BN-S" CONTROL ELEMENT APPLIANCE CONTROL ELEMENT MANUFACTURER w. E. & M. CO. MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. S.O. 84-Y-572 S.O. 84-Y-570 S.O. 84-Y-427 35-J-586 BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. BB6l-s6i-407 1 1 4 StucL Contact 2 1 2 Contact with Long Spring S. 844 172 S. 847 838 9 35-J-58S 10 35-J-586 9 HB61-S61-407 10 hb6i-s6i-407 3 1 2 Contact with Short Spring 4 1 1 Main Coll s. 942 827 s. 1 087 427 11 55-J-586 12 35-J-586 11 BB6l-s6l-4o7 12 bb6i-s6i-407 5 1 2 Anti-Hunt Hinge Spring 6 1 2 Short Hinge Spring 7 1 2 Long Hinge Spring s. l 257 683 s. 1 247 162 S. 1 247 179 13 35-J-586 15 35-J-586 16 35-J-586 13 HB6l-s6l-407 15 bb6i-s6i-407 16 HB61-S61-407 8 1 1 Main Spring s. l 166 946 20 35-J-586 20 BB61-S61-407 9 1 2 Anti-Hunt Coll s. l 247' 173 38 35-J-586 38 HB61-S61-407 10 1 2 Anti-Hunt Main Spring S. 1 257 684 39 35-J-586 39 EB6l-s6l-407 11 1 1 Set of Tools S. 1 019 379 1,2,3 50-C-889 SPAKE PARTS FOR TYPE "EN-2" VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL ELEMENT USED WITH THE 1250-Ktf., 1200-KPM., 450-VOLT, 60-CYCLE, 3-PHASE, SHIP'S SERVICE GENERATOR. LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NO. OF SHEETS 6 STTEFT NO. 1 509 ITEM NO. NUMBER OF SETS NUMBER PER SET LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB-61 to BB-66 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION VOLTAGE CONTROL NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE CONTACTOR PANEL MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. NAME OF PART OR TOOL CONTACTOR PANEL CONTACTORS "QR" & "QL" r 1 1 2 Colls 2 1 2 Blowout Coll 3 1 2 Stationary Contact 4 1 2 Moving Contact 5 1 1 Spring For Contactor "QL" 6 1 1 Spring for Contactor "QR" 7 1 1 Interlock Stud Contact 8 1 1 Interlock Spring Contact MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. s.o. 84-Y-573 s.o. 84-Y-571 2,3 s.o. 82-Y-117 31-J-277 BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG- NO. 2,3 BB61-S61-29 s. 861 701 s. 895 986 s. 897 493 s. 942 830 s. 1 020 920 s. 1 019 698 s. 945 348 s. 809 437 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 25 BB61-S61-29 27 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 EB61-S61-29 EB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 CONTACTORS "NL" & "NR" 4 31-J-277 4 BB61-S61-29 9 1 2 Blowout Coll s. 1 247 163 10 1 2 Main Silver Stationary Contact s. 942 773 11 1 2 Main Silver Moving Contact. s. 944 937 12 1 Auxiliary Spring Contact s 793 013 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 31-J-277 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 EB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 13 1 if Auxiliary Stationary Contact s. 1 o4o 923 14 1 2 Main Coll s. 966 753 31-J-277 31-J-277 15 1 2 Spring s. 44o 876 31-J-277 16 1 1 Rectox s. 971 249 7 31-J-277 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 BB61-S61-29 7 BB61-S61-29 17 1 2 Condenaer s. 918 694 8 31-J-277 8 HB61-S61-29 18 1 2 Resistor(R8 & H10) 6500 Ohms s. 1 250 276 36 31-J-277 36 BB61-S61-29 19 1 2 Resistor (R9) 168 Ohms s. 1 250 277 37 31-J-277 37 BB61-S61-29 20 1 2 Resistor (Rll & R12)24000 Ohms s. 1 250 278 38 31-J-277 38 HB61-S61-29 SPAKE PARTS FOR TYPE "BN-2" VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTACTOR PAHEL USED TOTH THE 1250-EW., 1200-RFM., 450-VOLT, 60-CYCLE, 3-PHASE, SHIP'S SERVICE GENERATOR. LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTEr--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. HO. OF SHEETS SHEET HO. 2 510 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB6l TO BB66 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION VOLTAGE CONTROL NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER w. E. & M. CO. I(d0 b0. ICd. 0Id1 Id 13 s3 ZZ NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURERS DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. ITEM NO. SETS i 2 5 4 5 *6 +7 #8 *9 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT i 6 Rectox Unit s. 1 255 52L 13 55-J-588 13 BB6l-s6l-4o8 i 1 Voltage Adjusting RheoBtat Plate s. 1 250 157 5 55-J-588 5 EB6l-s6l-4o8 2 8 Type "VG-7" Neon Lamp s. 1 166 955 n 55-J-588 11 bb6i-s6i-4o8 I 1 Resistor (H-l) s. 1 115 105 6 55-J-588 6 BB6l-s6l-4o8 1 1 Type "VN" Potential Transformer s. l 294 692 9 35-J-588 9 hb6i-s6i-4o8 1 1 Type "UN" Current Transformer 5000/5 Amperes s.o. 71-E-627 s.o. 99-K-898 12 55-J-588, 12 bb6i-s6i-4o8 1 1 Cross-Current Compensator s. 1 257 682 2 55-J-588 2 bb6i-s6i-4o8 1 X Type "FB" Current Transformer 5OOO/5 Amperes S.o. 99-K-592 14 51-J-275 14 HB61-S61-27 1 1 Cross-Current Compensator s. 1 ii4 859 13 51-J-275 13 BB61-S61-27 + For HB-65 and 66 Only + For EB-61, 62, 65 and 64 Only * For EB-65, 6k, 65 and 66 Only # For EB-61 and 62 Only SPARE PARTS FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT FOR TYPE "EN-2" VOLTAGE REGULATOR USED WITH THE 1250-Ktf., 1200-EPM., 450-VOLT 60-CYCLE, 5-PHASE SHIP'S SERVICE GENERATOR. LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L^-ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NO. OF SHEETS 6 SHEET NO. 3 511 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: HB-61 TO HB-66 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION VOLTAGE CONTROL NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE TEMPERATURE INDICATION MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. SETS SW3 z u. 0 tciul s P 1 thfi 1 zz> D Z NAME OF PART OR TOOL MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. TEMPERATURE INDICATOR SWITCH S.O. 4U-Y-494 S.O. 49-Y-108 5 31-J-289 5 bb6i-s6i-34 l 1 20 Contact Finger s. 1 070 951 2 1 2 Stop Finger S. I lit 883 TEST RESISTOR FOR TEMPERATURE INDICATING EQUIPMENT M.S. Item 2 2 31-J-289 2 bb6i-s6i-34 3 1 1 Robletor S. 724 093 CALIBRATING RHEOSTAT FOR TEMPERATURE INDICATING EQUIPMENT S.O. 46-Y-962 S.O. 1+9-Y-I10 6 31-J-289 6 BB61-S61-34 4 1 1 Rheostat s. 1 216 573 HECTOX RECTIFIER FOR TEMPERATURE INDICATING EQUIPMENT S.O. 46-Y-961 S.O. 49-Y-109 4 31-J-289 4 BB61-S61-34 5 1 1 Transformer 6 1 1 Rector Rectifier 7 1 1 Rheostat s. 708 946 4 5-B-3751 s. I 224 733 26 5-B-3751 s. 1 216 747 17 5-B-3751 SPARE PARTS FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT USED WITH 1250-EW., 1200-RPM., 450-VOLT, 3-PHASE, 60-CYCLE, SHIP'S SERVICE GENERATOR. LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NO. OF SHEETS 6 SHEET NO. 4 512 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: BB-fiL TO BB-66 HfCLTBIVI APPLICATION VOLTAGE CONTROL NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE KOTOR OPERATED RHEOSTAT MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. SETS CO b. O a. tt w otaz ** DO Zz NAME OF PART OR TOOL RHEOSTATS FOR 1250-KW. TURBO-GENERATOR MANUFACTURER'S DATA CATALOG OR SERIAL ORDERING DATA MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. PC. DWG. NO. s.o. 83-Y-500 s.o. 83-Y-501 S.O. 82-Y-116 31-J-483 35-J-224 BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. BB61-S61-31 1 1 80 Stationary Contact S. 1 224 730 39 35-J-224 39 BB61-S61-31 2 1 40 Stationary Contact S. 1 224 731 40 35-J-224 4o EB61-S61-31 3 1 40 Stationary Contacts S. 1 224 732 4l 35-J-224 4i HB61-S61-31 41 1 Resistor s. 896 439 55 35-J-224 55 BB61-S61-31 51 1 ReBlstor S. 896 440 55 35-J-224 55 BB61-S61-31 61 1 Resistor s. 896 447 55 35-J-224 55 HB61-S61-31 71 1 Resistor s. 896 442 55 35-J-224 55 HB61-S61-31 81 1 Resistor s. 896 450 55 35-J-224 55 BB61-S61-31 91 1 Resistor S. 855 986 55 55-J-224 55 BB61-S61-31 10 1 1 Resistor s. 1 189 149 55 35-J-224 55 BB61-S61-31 11 1 1 Resistor S. 943 767 54 35-J-224 54 EB61-S61-31 12 1 2 Brush and Brushholder Complete s. l 129 346 27 35-J-224 27 EB61-S61-31 13 1 2 Brush and Brushholder Complete s. 1 224 729 28 35-J-224 28 BB61-S61-31 14 1 1 Resistor s. 1 189 150 55 35-J-224 55 EB61-S61-31 FIELD DISCHARGE RESISTOR S.O. 44-Y-487 FOR 1250-Kw. TURBO-GENERATOR S.O. S.O. 13-P-572 15-P-188 I 15 1 1 Resistor S. 389078 2 5-A-9347 2 BB61-S61-33 16 1 17- 1 RHEOSTAT FOR 16-Kv. EXCUSE 1 Main Rheostat Plate 1 Vernier Rheostat Plate S.O. 44-Y-486 S.o. 13-P-571 s.o. 15-P-187 S. 1183606 S. 1183607 13 14 5-A-9346 5-A-9346 13 BB61-S61-32 14 EB61-S61-32 SPARE RESISTORS AHD DETAILS FOR FIELD RHEOSTAT OSED WITH 1250-KW., 1200-RPM., 1+50-VOLT, 3-PHASE, 60-CYCEE, SHIP'S SERVICE GENERATOR. LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE1--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. HO. OF SHEETS SHEET NO. 513 LIST OF SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS REPRODUCED FROM MFRS. DRAWING NO. 35-J-591 BUREAU NO. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF VESSELS: HB-61 TO EB-66 INCLUSIVE APPLICATION FOR RHEOSTAT OPERATION NAVY CONTRACT NO. 70862 SHIPBUILDER'S ORDER NO. APPLIANCE RHEOSTAT MOTOR, D-C. MANUFACTURER W. E. & M. CO. Ob. m S3 Z 11 22 3 12 It 2 52 62 7 It 8 17 9 17 10 17 MANUFACTURER'S DATA aua NAME OF PART OR TOOL CATALOG OR SERIAL MFRS. DRAWING AND PIECE NO. 2 ORDERING D z DATA DWG. NO. 1 Armature Complete D. 28-B-733 Assembly 43 77 35-J-lt26 2 Sleeve Bearing D. 54-D-228 S. 887 867 79 35-J-426 2 Carbon Brushes 1 Brushholder (Complete Rocker Ring Supplied) D. 847025 S. 840 242 69 55-J-426 D. 34-B-400 S. 840 977 78 35-J-426 3 Brushholder Springs D. 46-D-507 S. 887 807 66 35-J-426 1 Brush Rigging Insulation D. 34-B-400 (Complete Rocker Ring Supplied] S. 840 977 78 35-J-426 2 Field Coil Set 0 D. 47-B-684 Assembly 33 lt2 35-J-426 1 Bearing Housing Cap D. 47-B-949 S. 858 435 9 35-J-426 1 Rear Dust Ring D. 38-D-855 S. 887 168 19 35-J-lt26 1 Front Dust Cap D. 668562 #20028 18 35-J-lt26 BUREAU DRAWING AND PIECE NUMBER PC. DWG. NO. 77 10-T-2572-L 79 10-T-2572-L 69 IO-T-2572-L 78 10-T-2572-L 66 IO-T-2372-L 78 10-T-2572-L lt2 10-T-2572-L 9 IO-T-2572-L 19 IO-T-2572-L 18 IO-T-2572-L 0 - Each Set Contains Complete Coils for One Motor. * - Quantities Given Are For One Ship. MOTOR SPARE PARTS STYLE HO. 957 936 FOR USE TOTH MOTOR STYLE HO. 957 88l TYPE "FK", FRAME HO. 125E15, l/l2 HP. HORIZONTAL, Ill50 RPM. 120 VOLTS D-C., 1.05 AMPERES LEGEND-- S--STYLE NUMBER D--DRAWING NUMBER L--ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION NUMBER NOTE:--SUFFIX LETTERS IN CONNECTION WITH IDENTIFYING NUMBERS FOR SPARE PARTS ARE FOR THE INFORMATION OF THE MANUFACTURER AND WILL NOT AFFECT THE MATERIAL FURNISHED ON FUTURE ORDERS. NO. OF SHEETS 6 SHEET HO. 6 514 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page_522) (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares for BB-63 to 66 See Pages-522. to_522). Item No. Name of Piece No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Req. iContractor Pc. Bureau Ship1: 1 Oil Cooler Gasket .................. . 16 25-J-266 33 BB61tS61-044 2 Oil Cooler Gasket .................. . 8 25-J-266 34 BB61-S61-044 3 Oil Cooler Gasket .................. . 8 25-J-266 35 BB6l-S6l-044 4 Pipe Plug .................................... 32 25-J-266 39 BB61-S61-044 5 Zinc Bar ........................................ 32 25-J-266 40 BB6l-s6l-044 7 Auto-Stop Governor Body . . . 2 25-J-504 8 Weight ............................................ 2 25-J-504 9 Welding Rod ............................... . 2 2-5-J-504 10 Spring ............................................. 25-J-504 11 Retainer Half ........................... . 4 25-J-504 1 BB61-S61-05 2 BB61-S61-05 3 BB61-S61-05 4 BB61-S61-05 5 BB61-S61-05 12 Nut................................................. 25-J-504 6 BB61-S61-05 13 Liner ............................................ 25-J-504 1 7 BB61-S61-05 14 Liner ............................................ . 4 25-J-504 8 BB61-S61-05 15 Liner.................. .......................... 25-J-504 1 9 BB61-S61-05 16 Liner . .'.................................... 2 25-J-504 i 10 BB61-S61-05 17 Liner ............................................. . 2 25-J-504 11 BB61-S61-05 18 Set Screw .................................... 25-J-504 12 BB6I-S6I-05 19 Trip Lever .................................... 25-j-504 i 13 BB61-S61-05 20 (trip Latch.................................... 2 25-J-504 j 14 BB61-S61-05 21 Tip................................................. . 4 25-J-504 ; 15 BB61-S61-05 22 Le ver Shaft............................... 25-J-504 . 16 BB61-S61-05 23 Latch Pin .................................... 25-J-504 17 BB61-S61-05 24 Taper Pin .................................... . 4.~ 25-J-504 18 BB61-S61-05 25 Latch Spring ........ 25-J-504 19 BB61-S61-05 26 Reset Bushing ........................... . 2 25-J-504 21 BB61-S61-05 27 Fulcrum Pin"............................... . - 2 25-J-504 22 BB61-S61-05 28 Trip Spring ............................... 2 25-J-504 30 BB61-S61-05 29 Bracket Bushing ...................... . 4 25-J-504 37 BB61-S61-05 30 Trip Lever Bushing .................. . 4 1 25-J-504 47 BB61-S61-05 31 Reset Handle Bushing .... . 2 ! 25-J-504 48 BB61-S61-05 32 Clevis Pin .................................... . 4 ' 25-J-504 49 BB61-S61-05 33 Clevis Pin .................................... . 2 1 25-J-504 50 BB61-S61-05 34 Headless Set Screw .................. 2 25-J-504 57 BB61-S61-05 38 Back Pressure Safety Stop Diaphragm .................................... 25-J-505 63 BB61-S61-06 39 Spring ............................................ 25-J-505 75 BB61-S61-06 42 Oil Flow Indicator Cover Glass ? 25-J-506 15 BB61-S61-07 45 Gear Bearing (Upper Half) Generat or End........................... 25-J-507 1 BB61-S61-08 46 Gear Bearing (Lower Half) Generator End ........................... 25-J-507 2 BB61-S61-08 47 Babbitt............................................. 25-J-507 3 BB61-S61-08 48 Dowel Pin .................................... 24 25-J-507 4 BB6I-S61-08 49 Stop Pin ........................................ - 4 25-J-507 50 Gear Bearing (Upper Half) Turbine End ............................... 2 25-J-507 51 Gear Bearing (Lower Half) Turbine End ............................... 25-J-507 52 Babbitt ........................................ 25-J-507 53 Pinion Bearing (Upper Half) Generator End ........................... 2 25-J-507 5 BB61-S61-08 6 BB6I-S6I-08 7 BB61-S6I-08 8 BB61-361-08 9 BB61-S61-08 54 Pinion Bearing (Upper Half) Turbine End ............................... 25-J-507 10 BB61-S61-08 55 Pinion Bearing (Lower Half) 4 25-J-507 11 BB6I-S6I-08 515 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page_522) Item No. (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Sparei for BB-63 to 66 See Pages_523. to527). No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Name of Piece Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1 Remarks 56 Babbitt............................................. .24# 25-J-507 12 BB61-S61-08 57 Stop Pin ........................................ . 4 25-J-507 15 BB61-S61-08 58 Nipple.................. .......................... 25-J-507 14 BB61-S61-08 59 Turbine Bearing (Upper Half) . 4 25-J-507 15 BB61-S61-08 60 Turbine Bearing (Lower Half) Thrust End ............................... 25-J-507 16 BB61-S61-08 61 Turbine Bearing (Lower Half) Coupling End ........................... 25-J-507 17 BB61-S61-08 62 Babbitt............................................. 25-J-507 18 BB61-S61-08 65 Stop Pin ........................................ . 4 25-J-507 19 BB61-S61-08 64 Bearing Baffle (Half) . . . . 8 25-J-507 20 BB61-S61-08 65 Thrust Ring (Half) .................. . 8 25-J-507 21 BB61-S61-08 66 Screw (Pil. Head) .................. 25-J-507 22 BB61-S61-08 67 Thrust Liner ............................... . 15 25-j-507 25 BB61-S61-08 68 Thrust Liner ............................... . 8 25-J-507 24 BB6I-S6I-O8 69 Thrust Liner ............................... . 16 25-J-507 25 BB61-S61-08 75 Thrust Bearing Collar 2 25-J-508 4 BB61-S61-09 - 74 Thrust Bearing Shoe .... . 24 25-J-508 5 BB61-S61-09 75 Babbitt............................................. 2# 25-J-508 6 BB61-S61-09 76 79 Support............................................. Gages (For Gage Board) . (2 ea.) 25-J-508 7 BB61-S61-09 25-J-525 10-14 BB61-361-025 80 Glass for Above Gages . . . . 5 25-J-525 15 BB61-S61-025 Assembled as One Unit Assembled as One Unit 85 Gage................................................. 25-J-525 50 BB61-S61-027 84 Gage Glass for Piece 50 . . . 2 25-J-525 BB61-S61-027 86 Gear Shaft Oil Ring (L. Half ) 2 25-J-526 22 BB61-S61-028 87 Gear Shaft Oil Ring (U. Half ) 2 25-J-526 25 BB61-S61-028 88 Baffle (Lower Half) .... . 2 25-J-526 24 BB61-S61-028 89 Baffle (Upper Half) .... . 2 25-J-526 25 BB61-S61-028 91 Governor Details ....................... 25-J-487 92 Bushing ........................................ . 2 25-J-487 4 95 Bushing ........................................ . 10 25-J-487 5 94 Rod................................................. 25-J-487 6 95 Bushing ........................................ . 2 25-J-487 24 96 Adjusting Nut ........................... . 2 25-J-487 26 97 Pin................................................. .99 Governor Relay Bushing . . . .100 Piston Rod .................................... 25-J-487 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 27 1 2 101 Governor Closing Spring . . . 2 25-J-488 102 Governor Spring ...................... . 2 25-J-488 .105 Spring Seat (Upper) .... 1 25-J-488 .104 Relay Rod .................................... 1 25-J-488 .105 Spring Seat (Lower) .... 1 25-J-488 5 6 7 8 9 .106 Spring Seat (Upper) .... .107 Relay ............................................. 1 25-J-488 10 1 25-J-488 11 108 Speed Reg. Spring .................. . 2 25-J-488 12 109 Bushing ........................................ 25-J-488 15 110 Bushing ........................................ . 4 25-J-488 14 .111 Bushing ........................................ .112 Motor Shaft Extension . . . .115 Clutch Plate ............................... .114 Clutch Plate ............................... .115 Clutch Collar ........................... 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 15 16 19 20 21 116 Worm Wheel .................................... 25-J-488 25 .117 Spring ............................................. 118 Worm Gear .................................... 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 24 25 119 Handwheel Stem ........................... 1 25-J-488 26 516 Item No. SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page_522_) (These Spares or BB-61 and 62 only. Fdr Spares for BB-63 to 66 See Pages.522. to321). Name of Piece No. D R A W I NG NUMBER Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Remarks 120 121 122 125 124 Worm........................................................ Pin....................................................... Bushing ............................................. Pin....................................................... Piston Ring ................................... . . . 1 4 1 25-J-488 25-j-488 25-j-488 25-J-488 25-J-488 27 29 51 56 57 12'5 126 127 150 151 152 155 155 156 157 159 140 141 142 145 144 145 146 147 148 Castle Nut ........................................ . 1 25-J-488 Relay (Complete) ......................... 25-J-488 Pin........................................................ . 1 25-J-488 Transformer Housing .... . 4 25-J-489 Orifice ............................................. 25-J-489 Bolt....................................................... . 4 25-J-489 Cap Screw ... ......................... . 5 25-J-489 Ring....................................................... 25-J-489 Bushing ............................................. 25-J-489 Relay .................................................. 25^J-489 Stop Ring ........................................ 25-J-489 Ring....................................................... 25-J-489 Welding Rod ................................... 25-J-489 Stop Flange ................................... 25-J-489 Cap Screw ........................................ . 4 25-J-489 Worm Wheel........................................ 25-J-489 Set Screw ........................................ 25-J-489 Pipe Plug ........................................ 5 25-J-489 Cap Screw ........................................ 25-j-489 Cap Ccrew ........................................ . 4 25-J-489 41 42 45 1 2 5 4 6 7 8 10 11 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 See Note C See Note C _____ See Note D See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C F or N otes See Page 522 149 150 151 152 155 154 155 156 157 158 Casing ................................................... . 1 25-j-489 Cylinder (Outer) ......................... 25-j-489 Cylinder (Inner) ......................... 25-J-489 Hub........................................................ 25-J-489 Contact Ball ................................... 25-J-489 Spring Guide ................................... 25-J-489 Spring Retainer ......................... 25-j-489 Seat....................................................... . 1 25-J-489 Governor Weight ......................... 25-J-489 Pin Key ............................................. 25-J-489 20 21 22 25 24 25 26 27 28 29 See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Notes D & E See Notes D & E See Note D See Note D See Note D 159 160 161 162 165 164 165 166 167 168 Governor Stop Screw .... Spring .................................................. Spring Seat ................................... Clamp Bar ........................................ Ball Seat ........................................ .2 . 10 .1 .1 25-J-489 25-J-489 25-J-489 25-J-489 25-J-489 Spacer .................................................. . 4 25-J-489 Headless Set Screw .................... 25-J-489 Governor Spring ......................... . 2 25-j-489 Pin....................................................... . 8 25-J-489 Cotter Wire ................................... . 1 25-J-489 50 51 52 55 54 55 56 57 58 59 See Note D See Notes D & E See Note D See Note D See .Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D 169 Button Head Rivet .................... 25-J-489 40 170 Nut....................................................... . 4 25-J-489 41 171 Round Hd. Can Screw .... . 4 25-J-489 42 172 Lock Nut ............................................. 2 25-j-489 45 175 Thrust Bearing .............................. 5 25-J-489 44 See Notes D & E See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D 174 Elast-i c Stop Nut ...... . 1 25-J-489 45 175 Stud....................................................... 25-J-489 46 176 Pipe Plug ........................................ . 1 25-J-489 47 177 Pin....................................................... 25-J-489 48 178 Screw, Oval Fil. Hd. Machine . 2 25-J-489 49 See Note D See Note C See Note C -- 517 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", PageJi22.) Item No. ` (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares for BB-63 to 66 See Pages 523 tp.521). Name of Piece No. DRAWING NUMBER Reg. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1 a Remarks See Page 522 179 Liner ........................................ 180 Liner ........................................ 181 Liner ........................................ 182 Liner ........................................ 184 Pipe Plug ............................... 25-J-489 25-J-489 25-J-489 25-j-489 25-J-490 50 51 52 53 7 See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C 185 Governor Body Bearing . . . . 1 25-J-490 3 186 Sleeve ........................................ 25-J-490 4 187 Sleeve Nut ............................... 25-J-490 5 188 Oil Filter ............................... 25-J-490 9 189 Straight Pin ........................... 25-J-490 14 190 Spiral Gear (Driven) . . . . . 2 25-J-490 15 191 Spiral Gear (Driver) . . . 25-J-490 16 192 Liner ........................................ 25-J-490 17 195 Set Screw Dog Point . . . . . 1 25-J-490 18 194 Governor Body Shaft Key . . . 1 25-J-490 19 195 Governor Body Bearing . . . . 1 25-J-490 20 196 Babbitt............................... (2 sets) 25-J-490 21 197 Valve No. 3 ........................... 25-J-492 6 198 Valve Seat No. 2 -3 and 5 . - 6 25-J-492 8 199 Valve Seat No. 1-4 and 6 6 25-J-492 9 200 Valve No. ? and 5 .... . . 4 25-J-492 10 201 Valve No. 1-4 and 6 . . . . . 6 25-J-492 11 202 Welding Rod.......................(1 . set) 25-J-492 12 205 Lifting Rod ........................... . . 4 25-J-492 14 204 Bushing (Upper) .................. . . 4 25-J-492 15 205 Bushing (Lower) .................. . . 4 25-J-492 16 206 Bushing .'............................... . . 4 25-J-492 24 207 Bushing .................................... . . 4 25-J-492 25 208 Bushing .................................... . . 4 25-J-492 26 209 Bushing .................................... . . 4 25-J-492 27 212 Steam Piping Gage .... 25-J-565 32 BB61-S61-069 215 Gage Glass ............................... . - 2 25-J--565 33 BB61-S61-069 216 Oil Strainer Packing . .(3 rows) 25-J-576 9 BB61-S61-049 217 Basket Support ...................... 25-J-576 16 BB61-S61-049 218 Basket (Side) ...................... . . 1 25-J-576 16A BB61-S61-049 219 Basket (Bottom) .................. . . 1 25-J-576 16b BB61-S61-049 220 Basket Handle ...................... . . 1 25-J-576 16c BB61-S61-049 221 Rivet ........................................ . . 6 25-J-576 16D BB61-S61-049 222 Union Nut ............................... . . 1 25-J-576 16f BB61-S61-049 225 Union Check Nut .................. . . 1 25-J-576 16G BB61-S61-049 224 Pin............................................. . . 1 25-J-576 16J BB61-S61-049 225 Basket (Side) ...................... . . 1 25-J-576 16M BB61-S61-049 226 Basket (Bottom) .................. . . 1 25-J-576 16MB BB61-S61-049 227 Basket Ring ........................... . . 1 25-J-576 loS BB61-S61-049 228 Magnet ........................................ . . 6 25-J-576 17 BB61-S61-049 229 Magnet Rod ............................... . . 1 25-J-576 17A BB61-S61-049 230 Magnet Pin ............................... . . 6 25-J-576 17C BB6l-S6l-049 231 St. Jam Hex Nut .................. 25-j-576 17D BB61-S61-049 232 Nut............................................ . . 1 25-J-576 17E BB61-S61-049 233 Pin (For Piece 17E) . . . . . 1 25-J-576 17F BB61-S61-049 236 Governor Speed-Changer Motor Ar- mature Comolete .................. . . J- 31-J-755 54 237 Ball Bearing No. 6200 SKF . . 2 21-J-755 3 238 Brushes .................................... . . 24 31-J-755 13 239 Brush Springs ...................... . . 6 31-J-755 8 240 Brush Holder ........................... . . 2 31-J-755 34 518 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page52JL) (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares 1 / for BB-63 to 66 See Pages523_ to52I_). Item .No. Name of Piece No. D R A V I- N G NUMBER Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1! Remarks 241 Brush Holder Screw . . . 31-J-755 11 242 Field Coil Set .................. . 8 31-J-755 17 243 Brushholder Insulation . . 2 31-J-755 54 .244 Felt Nick ........................... . 17 31-J-755 5 246 Relief Valve Spring . . * 1 25-J-551 10 BB61-S61-053 249 Sentinel Valve Spring . . 1 25-J-579 6 BB61-S61-056 251 Relief Valve Oil Line Spring . 1 25-J-580 6 BB61-S61-054 253 Throttle Valve Spring . # , . 1 25-J-566 68 BB61-S61-073 255 Oil Piping Thermometer . . 4 25-J-543 2 BB6l-s6l-045 257 Oil Piping Sight Flow Glass . 2 25-J-544 67 BB6l-S6l-046 259 3 260 261 262 263 Oil Pump Body .................. 25-J-545 Oil Pump Body Casting. . 25-J-545 Suction Pipe ...................... Pump Gear (Driver) . . . 25-J-545 . 4 25-J-545 Pump Gear (Driven) . . . 25-J-545 1 BB61-S61-047 2 BB61-S61-047 3 BB61-S61-047 4 BB61-S61-047 F BB61-S61-047 264 Pump Gear Shaft (Driven) . 4 25-J-545 ;6 BB61-S61-047 265 266 Pump Gear Shaft (Driver) , t . 4 25-J-545 Shaft Sleeve ...................... 25-J-545 !l8l BB61-S61-047 BB61-S61-047 267 Cover .................................... . 2 25-J-545 i 9 BB61-S61-047 268 Drive Shaft ...................... 25-J-545 10 BB61-S61-047 269 Bushing ............................... 270 Pump Gear Key .................. 271 Stud........................................ 272 Elastic Stop Nut . . . . 273 Straight Pin ...................... . 4 25-J-545 'll BB61-S61-047 . 8 25-J-545 .12 BB61-S61-047 25-j-545 13 BB61-S61-047 25-J-545 14 BB61-S61-047 . 4 25-J-545 15 BB61-S61-047 274 Set Screw ........................... . 8 25-J-545 16 BB61-S61-047 275 Bushing ............................... 277 Oil Pump (Auxiliary) . 4 25-J-545 17 BB61-S61-047 1-26 Assembled as Com (Hand Operated) . . . . . .280 Spindle Gland Packing Ring . .281 Retainer Ring Segment 25-J-546 Incl. BB61-S61-048 8 25-J-558 10 BB61-S61-063 64 25-J-558 11 BB6I-S6I-O63 plete Pump 282 283 284 287 288 KSperinyg................................................. Spindle Gland Packing Ring Spindle Contact BPaoslliti.o..n...I.n..d.i.c..a.tor .. . ., . 16 8 1 25-J-558 25-J-558 25-J-558! 25-J-561 12 16 26 4 BB61-S61-063 BB61-S61-063 BB61-S61-063 BB61-S61-066 i 289 290 291 292 BRSSuppesritniahndiingnlege.r.................................................................................. . 1 25-J-561 25-J-561 . 25-J-561 1 25-j-561 5 BB61-S61-066 6 BB61-S61-066 7 BB61-S61-066 8 BB61-S61-066 (Shore Spares--See Note "B", PageJ22) . . . . .307 Blade (1st Rotating) .308 Blade (Last) (1st Rotating). . . . . .309 Blade Stationary 83 25-j-510 2 25-J-510 27 25-J-510 . .310 Blade (2nd Rotating) . . 311 Blade (Last)(2nd Rotating) . 71 25-J-510 2 25-J-510 2 BB61-S61-012 3 BB61-S61-012 4 BB61-S61-012 5 BB61-S61-012 6 BB61-S61-012 312 313 314 315 316 BBPPSllhiiaannrddoeeu((21dnSSsdStttoatopRRrctookPttPaaie.ittec.iinn.ce.egg..))................. .. .. (12 .. 3 3 ft.) .1 25-J-510 25-J-510 25-J-510 25-J-510 25-j-510 7 8 11 13 14 BB6l-S6l-012 BB61-S61-012 BB61-S61-012 BB61-S61-012 BB61-S61-012 / 317 318 319 320 CCCScaaaruuuewlllkkkiiinnn(gggFlaPPPtiiieeecccFeeeil.........H....e..a...d....)....... . 2 25-J-510 15 BB61-S61-012 ..168 25-j-510 16 BB61-S61-012 44 25-J-510 17 BB61-S61-012 .384 25-j-510 18 BB61-S61-012 519 Item SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note "B", Page.522.) (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares for BB-63 to 66 See Pages.522 -to_53fl). Name of Piece No. DRAWING NUMBER Reg.Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1s Remarks 321 Caulking Piece ....................... 322 Caulking Piece ....................... 323 Sealing Strip ....................... 324 Sealing Strip ....................... 325 Sealing Strip ....................... . 38 25-J-510 19 BB61-S61-012 25-J-510 20 BB61-S61-012 25-J-510 21 BB61-S61-012 . 1 25-J-510 22 BB61-S61-012 25-J-510 23 BB61-S61-012 326 Lock Strip ................................ . 4 25-J-510 24 BB61-S61-012 331 Blade (1st Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 332 Blade (Last)(1st Stage). . . 2 25-J-512 2 BB61-S61-014 3 BB61-S61-014 333 Shroud (1st Stage) .... 334 Shroud (lst Stage) .... . 24 25-J-512 25-J-512 4 BB6l-S6l-0l4 5 BB61-S61-014 335 Blade (2nd Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 6 BB61-S61-014 336 Blade (Last)(2nd Stage). . . 2 25-J-512 7 BB61-S61-014 337 Shroud (2nd Stage) .... . 24 25-J-512 8 BB6l-S6l-0l4 338 Shroud (2nd Stage) .... 25-J-512 9 BB6l-S6l-0l4 339 Blade (3rd Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 10 BB61~s61-014 340 Blade (Last) (3rd Stage) . . 2 25-J-512 11 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 341 Shroud (3rd Stage) .... . 24 25-J-512 12 BB61-S61-014 342 Shroud (3rd Stage) .... 25-J-512 13 BB61-S61-014 343 Blade (4th Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 14 BB6l-s6l-0l4 344 Blade (Last)(4th Stage) . . 2 25-J-512 15 BB61-S61-014 345 Shroud (4th Stage) .... 346 Shroud (4th Stage) .... 347 Blade (5th Stage).................. 348 Blade (Last)(5th Stage). . 349 Shroud (5th Stage) .... . 24 .153 .2 25-J-512 25-J-512 25-J-512 25-J-512 25-J-512 16 BB6l-s6l-0l4 17 BB61-S61-014 18 BB61-S61-014 19 BB61-S61-014 20 BB6l-S6l-0l4 350 Shroud (5th Stage) .... 25-J-512 21 BB61-S61-014 351 Blade (6th Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 22 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 352 Blade (Last) (6th Stage) . . 2 25-J-512 23 BB61-S61-014 353 Shroud (6th Stage) .... . 24 25-J-512 24 BB61-S61-014 354 Shroud (6th Stage) .... 25-J-512 25 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 ' 355 Blade (7th Stage) .... .153 25-J-512 26 BB61-S61-014 356 Blade (Last)(7th Stage). . . 2 25-J-512 27 BB61-S61-014 357 Shroud (7th Stage) .... 25-J-512 28 BB61-S61-014 358 Shroud (7th Stage) .... . 2 25-J-512 29 BB61-S61-014 359 Blade (8th Stage).................. .125 25-J-512 30 BB61-S61-014 .360 Blade (Last) (8th Stage) . . 2 25-J-512 31 BB61-S61-014 361 Shroud (8th Stage ). . . . 25-J-512 32 BB61-S61-014 362 Shroud (8th Stage ). . . . 25-J-512 33 BB61-S61-014 363 Caulking Piece ....................... 150 25-J-512 34 BB6l-s6l-0l4 364 Caulking Piece ....................... 1050 25-J-512 35 BB61-S61-014 365 Shroud (8th Stage) .... . 2 25-J-512 36 BB61-S62-015 368 Blade Pin ............................... . 16 25-J-513 1 BB61-S62-015 369 Blade Pin ............................... . 3 25-J-513 2 BB61-S62-015 372 Low Pressure Oil Alarm 1 1-35 Assemble as One Com- Contact-Maker ...................... 25-J-532 incl. BB6l-S6x-033 plete Contact-Maker 375 Nozzle Block Welding & Ass 'y . 2 25-J-534 1 BB61-S61-035 376 Pas sage Unit........................... 377 Starting Piece ....................... 378 Ending Piece ........................... 379 Outer Ring Segment .... 380 Inner Ring Segment .... . 18 25-J-534 2.5-J-534 . 2 25-J-534 25-J-534 . 2 25-J-534 5 BB61-S61-035 6 BB61-S61-035 7 BB61-S61-035 8 BB61-S61-035 9 3B6l-s6l-035 381 Filler Piece ........................... 382 Filler Piece ........................... 383 End Bridge ............................... 384 End Bridge ............................... 385 Intermediate Bridge . . . . 2 25-j-534 10 BB61-S61-035 . 2 25-J-534 11 BB61-S61-035 . 2 25-J-534 12 BB61-S61-035 . 2 25-J-534 13 BB61-S61-035 . 8 25-J-534 14 BB61-S61-035 520 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note "B", Page 522) Item No. (These Spares or BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares or BB-63 to 66 See Pagesj>22 to 530). Name of Piece No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Remarks 386 Filler Ring ....................... 387 Wedge .................................... 388 Locking Strip .................. 389 Sealing Strip .................. 390 Sealing Strip .................. 25-J-554 16 BB61-S61-035 . 60 25-J-534 17 BB61-S61-035 . 4 25-J-534 18 BB61-S61-035 05-J-534 19 BB61-S61-035 25-J-534 20 BB61-S61-035 391 Screw .................................... 392 Screw .................................... 393 Welding Rod ...................... 394 Welding Rod ...................... 395 Welding Rod ...................... 397 Sealing Strip (Half). . 398 Locking Strip (Half} . . 400 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 401 Locking Strip (Half) . . . 403 Sealing Strip (Half) . . . 18 25-J-534 22 BB61-S61-035 . 4 25-J-534 23 BB61-S61-035 . 1 25-J-534 24 BB61-S61-035 . 1 25-J-534 25 BB6l-s6l-035 . 1 25-J-534 26 BB61-S61-035 . 2 25-J-535 11 BB61-S61-036 . 2 25-J-535 12 BB6I-S61-036 . 2 25-J-536 15 BB61-S61-037 . 2 25-J-536 16 BB61-S61-037 . 2 25-J-537 15 BB61-S61-038 404 Locking Strip (Half) . . 405 Retaining Screw .... 406 Sealing Strip (Half) . . . 407 Locking Strip (Half) . . 409 Sealing Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-557 16 BB61-S61-038 . 2 25-J-537 17 BB61-S61-038 2 25-J-538 15 BB61-S61-039 . 2 25-J-538 16 BB61-S61-039 . 2 25-J-539 15 BB6l-S6l-040 410 Locking Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-539 16 BB61-S61-040 412 Sealing Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-54Q 15 BB6l-S6l-04l 413 Locking Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-540 16 BB61-S61-041 415 Sealing Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-541 15 BB61-S61-042 416 Locking Strip (Half) . . . 2 25-J-541 16 BB61-S61-042 418 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 419 Locking Strip (Half) . . 422 Pinion .................................... 423 Pinion Key ........................... 426 Relief Valve ...................... . 2 25-J-542 15 BB61-S61-043 . 2 25-J-542 16 BB61-S61-043 25-J-550 10 BB61-S61-052 . 2 25-J-550 11 BB61-S61-052 . 1 25-J-551 1-21 BB61-S61-053 Assemble as Complete incl. Valve 429 Seal Strip Ring .... 430 Seal Strip Ring .... 431 Seal Strip Ring Segment 432 Seal Strip Ring Segment 433 Seal Strip Ring Segment . 8 25-J-552 . 8 25-J-552 . 8 25-J-552 . 8 25-J-552 . 8 25-J-552 2 BB61-S61-055 3 BB61-S61-055 4 BB61-S61-055 5 BB61-S61-055 6 BB61-S61-055 434 Seal StriD Ring Segment 435 Spring .................................... 436 Seal Strip (Half). . . . 437 Seal Strip (Quarter) . . 438 Seal Strip (Half). . . . .8 32 . 48 . 24 25-J-552 25-J-552 25-J-552 25-J-552 25-J-552 7 BB61-S61-055 9 BB61-S61-055 10 BB61-S61-055 11 BB61-S61-055 12 BB61-S61-055 439 Seal Strip (Quarter) . . 440 Caulking Strip (Half) . 441 Caulking Strip (Quarter) 442 Seal Strip (Ring Segment) 443 Seal Strip (Ring Segment . 48 25-J-552 13 BB61-S61-055 . 24 25-J-552 14 BB61-S61-055 . 48 25-J-552 15 BB61-S61-055 . 8~ 25-J-552 16 BB61-S61-055 . 8 25-J-552 17 BB61-361-055 444 Seal Strip (Ring Segment 445 Seal Strip (Ring Segment 448 Throttle Valve Assembly 452 Steam Strainer .................. 453 Collar .................................... 454 Gasket .................................... 455 Cross Bar ........................... . 8 25-J-552 18 . 8 25-J-552 19 . 1 25-J-566 2-7 Set 9-19 21-97 . 2 25-J-571 3 . 4 25-J-571 4 BE61-S61-055 BB61-S61-055 BB61-S61-073 BB61-S61-071 BB61-S61-071 . 2 25-J-571 . 2 25-J-571 7 BB61-S61-071 8 BB61-S61-071 521 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note. "B", Page.522.) Item No. (These Spares for BB-61 and 62 only. For Spares for BB-63 to 66 See Pages_522 to_530). Name of Piece No. DRAWING NUMBER Reg. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1s Remarks 458 Sentinel Valve Body . . . . . 1 25-J-579 459 Bonnet ........................................ . . 1 25-J-579 460 Lever ........................................ 25-J-579 461 Spring ........................................ 25-J-579 462 Disc............................................. 25-J-579 1 BB61-S61-056 2 BB61-S61-056 4 BB6I-S6I-056 6 BB61-S61-056 8 BB61-S61-056 463 Spring Washer ....................... . . 2 25-J-579 11 BB61-S61-056 464 Bonnet Bushing ....................... . . 1 25-J-579 12 BB61-S61-056 465 Adjusting Screw .................. . . 1 25-J-579 13 BB61-S61-056 466 Adjusting Screw Locknut . . . 1 25-J-579 16 BB61-S61-056 467 Stem............................................. . . 1 25-J-579 18- BB6I-S6I-056 468 Disc Stem Ring ...................... . . 1 25-J-579 19 BB61-S61-056 469 Seat Bushing ........................... . . 1 25-J-579 20 BB61-S61-056 470 Cap............................................ 25-J-579 23 BB6I-S6I-056 471 Stem Nuts ............................... 25-J-579 24 BB61-S61-056 472 Lever Pin ............................... 25-J-579 26 BB61-S61-056 473 Cap Set Screw ...................... 25-J-579 40 BB61-S61-056 474 Cotter Pin ............................... . . 1 25-J-579 43 BB61-S61-056 475 Liquid Level Indicator . . . . 1 25-J-579 50 BB6I-S61-056 478 Relief Valve Oil Line Cap . . 1 25-J-580 1 BB61-S61-054 479 Adjusting Screw .................. 25-J-580 2 BB61-S61-054 480 Locknut .................................... 25-J-580 481 Gasket ........................................ 25-J-580 482 Spring Step ........................... . . 2 25-J-580 483 Spring ........................................ 25-J-580 484 Cover ........................................ 25-J-580 5 BB61-S61-054 4 BB61-S61-054 5 BB61-S61-054 6 BB61-S61-054 7 BB61-S61-054 485 Stem............................................. 25-J-580 8 BB61-S61-054 486 Name Plate ............................... 25-J-580 9 BB61-S61-054 487 Star............................................. 25-J-580 10 BB61-S61-054 488 Sleeve ........................................ . . 1 25-J-580 11 BB61-S61-054 489 Body............................................ 25-J-580 12 BB61-S61-054 490 Gasket ........................................ 491 Drive Screw ........................... 25-J-580 13 BB61-S61-054 25-J-580 14 BB61-S61-054 NOTE "A" Quantities Indicated In Req. Columns for Ship Spares Are Sufficient For One Set. One Set Furnished Per Ship. NOTE "B" Quantities Indicated In Req. Columns For Shore Spares Are Suffi cient For One Set. 2 Sets Furnished For Contract No. 70862. NOTE "C" Assemble One Set Of Items 130, 131, 133, 155, 156, 157, 159 to 147 Incl. And 177 to 182 Incl. Per Ship NOTE "D" Assemble One Set Of Items 132, 149 to 173 And 176 Per Ship. NOTE "E" Assembly Four (4) Sets of Items 154, 155, 160 And 169 Per Ship 522 Item No. I 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page53Q.) (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See Pages_515_ to_51!L). Name of Piece No. D R A W I N _G HUMBER Req Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Remarks Oil Cooler Gasket .................. Oil Cooler Gasket .................. Oil Cooler Gasket .................. Pipe Plug .................................... Zinc Bar .................................... 16 25-J-266 8 25-J-266 8 25-J-266 32 25-J-266 32 25-u-266 33 BB61-S61-044 34 BB6l-S6l-044 35 BB61-S61-044 39 BB6l-S6l-044 40 BB61-S61-044 Auto-Stop Governor Body . . Weight............................................ Welding Rod ............................... Spring ........................................ Retainer Half ........................... 1 25-J-504 1 25-J-504 1 25-J-504 1 25-J-504 2 25-J-504 1 BB61-S61-05 2 BB61-So1-05 3 BB61-S61-05 4 BB61-S61-05 5 BB61-S61-05 12 Nut................................................. 13 Liner ............................................ 14 Liner ............................................ 15 Liner ............................................ 16 Liner ............................................ 17 Liner ............................................ 18 Set Screw .................................... 19 Trip Lever ............................... 20 Trip Latch ............................... 21 Tip................................................. 1 25-J-504 6 BB6l-s6l-05 1 25-J-504 2 25-J-504 7 BB61-S61-05 8 BB61-S61-05 1 25-U-504 9 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 1 10 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 i : 11 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 ! 12 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 ! 13 BB61-S61-05 1 25-U-504 ; 14 BB61-S61-05 2 25-J-504 ;: 15 BB61-S61-05 22 Lever Shaft ............................... 23 Latch Pin .................................... 24 Taper Pin .................................... 25 Latch Spring ........................... 26 Reset Bushing ........................... 1 25-J-504 l 16 BB6I-S61-05 1 25-J-504 , 17 BB61-S61-05 2 25-J-504 18 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 19 BB61-S61-05 1 25-J-504 21 BB61-S61-05 27 Fulcrum Pin ............................... 28 Trip Spring ............................... 29 Bracket Bushing ...................... 30 Trip Lever Bushing .... 31 Reset Handle Bushing . . . 1 ' 25-J-504 1 25-J-504 2 25-J-504 --2- -25-J-504 1 25-J-504 22 BB61-S61-05 30 BB61-S61-05 37 BB61-S61-05 47 BB61-S61-05 48 BB61-S61-05 32 Clevis Pin ............................... 33 Clevis Pin ............................... 34 Headless Set Screw .... 38 Back Pressure Safety Stop Diaphragm ...................... 39 Spring ........................................ 2 125-J-504 1 25-J-504 1 25-J-504 2 125-J-505 2 . 25-J-505 49 BB61-S61-05 50 BB61-S61-05 57 BB61-S61-05 63 BB6l-S6l-06 75 BB0I-S6I-O6 42 Oil Flow Indicator Cover Glass ........................... 45 Gear Bearing (Upper Half) Generator End ...................... 46 Gear Bearing (Lower Half) Generator End ...................... 47 Babbitt . . . (10-1/2 lb.) 48 Dowel Pin ................................... 2 25-J-506 1 25-J-507 1 25-j-507 25-j-507 12 25 J-507 15 BB6l--S61-07 1 bb6i--S61-08 2 bb6i--S61-08 3 bb6i--S61-08 4 BB6l--S61-08 49 Stop Pin ................................... 50 Gear Bearing (Upper Half) Turbine End ........................... 51 Gear Bearing (Lower Half) Turbine End ........................... 52 Babbitt . . . .(10-1/2 lb.) 53 Pinion Bearing (Upper Half) Generator End ...................... 2 25-J-507 1 25-j-507 1 25-J-507 25-J-507 1 25-J-507 5 bb6i--S61-08 6 bb6i--S61-08 7 bb6i--S61-08 8 bb6i--S61-08 9 BB6l--S6l-03 54 Pinion Bearing (Upper Half) Turbine End ........................... 55 Pinion Bearing (Lower Half) 56 Babbitt...................... (12 lb.) 57 Stop Pin ................................... 1 25-J-507 2 25-J-507 25-J-507 2 25-j-507 10 BB61-S61-08 11 BB61-S61-08 12 BB61-S61-08 13 BB61-S61-08 523 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", PageJjM) Item No. (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See PagesJilfL tojmL). Name of Piece No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1s Remarks 58 Nipple ........................................ 59 Turbine Bearing (Upper Half) 60 Turbine Bearing (Lower Half) Thrust End ............................... 6l Turbine Bearing (Lover Half) Coupling End ....... 62 Babbitt ......................................... 63 Stop Pin .................................... 64 Bearing Baffle (Half) . . . 65 Thrust Ring (Half).................. 66 Screw (Fil. Head) .................. 67 Thrust Liner ........................... 1 25-J-507 2 25-J-507 1 25-U-507 1 25-U-507 10# 25-U-507 2 25-J-507 4 25-J-507 4 25-J-507 12 25-J-507 8 25-J-507 14 BB61-S6l-08-i 15 BB61-S61-08 16 BB61-S61-08 17 BB61-S61-08 18 BB61-S61-08 19 20 BB61-S61-08 BB61-S61-08 Assembled as One Unit 21 BB61-S61-08 22 BB61-S61-08 23 BB61-S61-08 68 Thrust Liner ........................... 69 Thrust Liner ........................... 73 Thrust Bearing Collar . . . 74 Thrust Bearing Shoe .... 75 Babbitt ........................................ 76 Support ........................................ 79 Gages (For Gage Board) . . 80 Gage Glass for Pieces 10-14 81 Gage Glass for Piece 50 . . 83 Gage............................................. 4 25-U-507 8 25-J-507 2 25-J-508 24 .25-J-508 2# 25 -U -508 24 25-J-508 2 ea. 25-J-523 10 25-J-523 4 25-J-525 2 25-J-525 24 BB61-S61-08 25 3361-361-08-* 4 BB6I-S6I-09-1 5 6 BB61-S61-09 BB61-S61-09 Assembled as One Unit 7 BB61-S61-0910-14 BB61-S61-025 15 BB61-S61-025 BB61-S61-027 50 BB61-S61-027 86 Gear Shaft 011 Ring (Lower Half) ........................... 87 Gear Shaft 011 Ring (Upper Half) ........................... 88 Baffle (Lower Half) .... 89 Baffle (Upper Half) .... 91 Governor Details .................. 1 25-U-526 1 25-J-526 1 25-J-526 1 25^1-526 25-U-487 22 BB61-S61-028 23 BB61-S61-028 24 BB61-S61-028 25 BB61-S61-028 92 Bushing ......................................... 93 Bushing ........................................ 94 Rod................................................. 95 Bushing ........................................ 96 Adjusting Nut.................. .... . 2 25-J-487 10 25-J-487 1 25-J -487 2 25-J-487 2 25-J-487 4 5 6 24 26 97 Pin........................... .... 99 Governor Relay Bushing . . 100 Piston Rod ............................... 101 Governor Closing Spring . . 102 Governor Spring ...................... 1 25-J-487 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 2 25-J-488 2 25-488 27 1 2 5 6 103 Spring Seat (Upper) .... 104 Relay Rod .................................... 105 Spring Seat (Lower) .... 106 Spring Seat (Upper) .... 107 Relay ............................................. 1 25-J-488 7 1 25-J-488 8 1 25-J-488 9 1 25-J-488 ' 10 1 25-J-488 11 108 Speed Reg. Spring .................. 109 Bushing ........................................ 110 Bushing ........................................ 111 Bushing ........................................ 112 Motor Shaft Extension . . . 2 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 4 25-U-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 12 13 14 15 16 113 Clutch Plate ........................... 114 Clutch Plate ........................... 115 Clutch Collar ........................... 116 Worm Wheel ............................... 117 Spring ........................................ 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-^-488 1 25-J-488 2 25-J-488 19 20 21 23 24 118 Worm Gear .................................... 119 Handwheel Stem ...................... 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 25 26 524 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", Page.5311) Item No. (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See PagesJjjjL toJilSL). Name of Piece No. DRAWING HUMBER Req- Contractor Pc. Bureau .Ship1 s Remarks 120 Worm............................................ 121 Pin . . .................................... 122 Bushing . . . .......................... 123 Pin................................................. 124 Piston Ring ............................... 1 25-J-488 4 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 27 29 31 36 37 125 Castle Nut ............................... 126 Relay (Complete) .................. 127 Pin................................................. 130 Transformer Housing .... 131 Orifice ........................................ 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 1 25-J-488 4 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 41 42 43 1 2 See Note C See Note C -- 132 Bolt................................. 133 Cap Screw ................................... 135 Ring............................................ 136 Bushing ........................................ 137 Re lay............................................ 4 25-J-489 3 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 3 4 6 7 8 See Note D See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C 139 Stop Ring ................................... 140 Ring............................................ 141 Welding Rod ............................... 142 Stop Flange ............................... 143 Cap Screw ................................... 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J -489 1 25-J-489 4 25-J-489 10 11 12 13 14 See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C 144 Worm Whee1 ............................... 145 Set Screw ................................... 146 Pipe Plug ................................... 147 Cap Screw ................................... 148 Cap Screw ................................... 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 3 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 4 25-J-489 15 16 17 18 19 See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C F o r Notes See Page 530 149 Casing ........................................ 150 Cylinder (Outer) .................. 151 Cylinder (Inner) .................. 152 Hub................................................. 153 Contact Ball .......................... 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 5 25-J-489 20 21 22 23 24 See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D 154 Spring Guide .......................... 155 Spring Retainer ...................... 156 Seat................................................. 157 Governor Weight ...................... 158 Pin Key ........................................ 18 25-J-489 18 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 25 26 27 28 29 See Notes D & E See Notes D &. E See Note D See Note D See Note D 159 Governor Stop Screw .... 160 Spring ........................................ 161 Spring Seat ............................... 162 Clamp Bar ................................... 163 Ball Seat ................................... 2 25-J-489 9 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-j-489 5 25-J-489 30 31 32 33 34 See Note D See Notes D & E See Note D See Note D See Note D 164 Spacer ........................................ 165 Headless Set Screw .... 166 Governor Spring ...................... 167 Pin................................................ 168 Cotter Wire ............................... 2 25 -489 1 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 4 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 35 36 37 38 39 See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D 169 Button Head Rivet .................. 170 Nut...........................'.................... 171 Round Hd. Cap Screw .... 172 Lock Nut ................................... 173 Thrust Bearing ...................... 18 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 5 25-J-489 40 41 42 43 44 See Notes D & E See Note D See Note D See Note D See Note D 174 Elastic Stop Nut .................. 175 Stud............................................ 176 Pipe Plug ................................... 177 Pin................................................ 178 Screw Oval Fil. Hd. Machine .......................... 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 2 25-J-489 45 46 47 48 49 See Note D See Note C See Note C -- 525 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", PageJiM) Page 530 Item No. 179 180 181 182 184 (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB*61 and 62 See Pages_5I5_ to_519_). No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Name of Piece Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Liner ............................................. Liner ............................................. Liner ............................................. Liner ............................................. Pipe Plug .................................... 2 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-489 1 25-J-490 50 51 52 53 7 Remarl See Note C See Note C See Note C See Note C 185 Governor Body Bearing . . . 186 Sleeve ........................................ 187 Sleeve Nut ............................... 188 011 Filter ............................... 189 Straight Pin............................... 5 25-J-490 1 25-j-490 1 25-j-490 1 25 -J -490 2 25-J-490 3 4 5 9 14 190 Spiral Gear (Driven) . . . 191 Spiral Gear (Driver) . . . 192 Liner ............................................. 193 Set Screw Dog Point .... 194 Gov. Body Shaft Key .... 2 25-J-490 2 25-J-490 2 25-U-490 1 25-J-490 1 25-J-490 15 16 17 18 19 195 Gov. Body Bearing .................. 196 Babbitt.................. (10 sets) 197 Valve No. 3 ............................... 198 Valve Seat No. 2-3 & 5 199 Valve Seat No. 1-4 & 6 . . 5 25-J-490 25-J-490 2 25-J-492 6 25-j-492 6 25-J-492 20 21 6 8 9 200 Valve No. 2 & 5 .................. 201 Valve No. 1-4 & 6 .................. 202 Welding Rod . . . . (l set) 205 Lifting Rod ............................... 204 Bushing (Upper) ...................... 4 25-J-492 6 25-J-492 25-J-492 2 25-J-492 2 25-J-492 10 11 12 14 15 205 Bushing (Lower) ...................... 206 Bushing ........................................ 207 Bushing ........................................ 208 Bushing ........................................ 209 Bushing ........................................ 2 25-J -492 2 25-J-492 2 25-J-492 2 25-J-492 2 25-J-492 16 24 25 26 27 212 Steam Piping Gage .................. 213 Gauge Glass for above Gage. 216 Oil Strainer Packing.................. (3-rows) 217 Basket Support ...................... 218 Basket (Side) ........................... 2 25-J-565 4 25-J-565 32 BB61-S61-069 33 BB61-S61-069 25-J-576 9 BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16 BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16-A BB61-S61-049 219 Basket (Bottom) ...................... 220 Basket Handle ........................... 221 Rivet ............................................. 222 Union Nut .................................... 225 Union Check Nut ...................... 1 25-J-576 16-B BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16-C BB61-S61-049 6 25-J-576 16-D BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16 -F BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16-G BB61-S61-049 224 Pin................................................. 225 Basket (Side) ........................... 226 Basket (Bottom) ...................... 227 Basket Ring ............................... 228 Magnet ........................................ 1 25-J-576 16-J BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16-M BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 16-MB BB61-S61-049 1 25JT-576 16-S BB61-S61-049 6 25-J-576 17 BB61-S61-049 229 Magnet Rod ............................... 230 Magnet Pin ............................... 231 St. Jam Hex Nut...................... 232 Nut................................................. 233 Pin (For Pc. 17-E) .... 1 25-T-576 17-A BB61-S61-049 6 25-J-576 17-c BB61-S61-049 2 25-J-576 17-D BB61-S61-049 1 25-1-576 17-E BB61-S61-049 1 25-J-576 17-F BB6l-S6l-049 236 Gov. Speed Changer Motor Armature Complete .... 237 Ball Bearing No. 6200 SKF . 238 Brushes ........................................ 239 Brush Springs ........................... 1 31-J-755 54 5 31-J-755 3 24 31-J-755 13 6 31-J-755 8 526 Item No. SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Ship's Spares--See Note "A", PageJL30) (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See Pages_515_ to_519). No. D R A V I N G NUMBER Name of Piece Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship1s 240 Brushholder ............................... 241 Brushholder Screw .................. 242 Field Coll Set........................... 243 Brushholder Insulation . . 244 Felt Nick .................................... 2 31-1-755 2 31-J-755 8 31-1-755 2 31-J-755 17 31-J-755 34 11 17 34 5 246 Relief Valve Spring .... 249 Sentinel Valve Spring . . . 251 Relief Valve Oil Line Spring ........................... 253 Throttle Valve Spring . . . 255 Oil Piping Thermometer . . 2 25-J-551 2 25-J-579 2 25-J-580 2 25-J-566 2 25-J-543 10 BB61-S61-053 6 BB61-S61-056 6 BB61-S61-054 68 BB61-S61-073 2 BB61-S61-045 257 Oil Piping Sight Flow Glass 2 25-J-544 260 Oil Pump Details 261 Pump Gear (Driver).................. 2 25-J-545 262 Pump Gear Shaft (Driver) . 2 25-J-545 263 Pump Gear (Driven) .... ' 2 25-J-545 67 BB61-S61-046 4 BB61-S61-047 Ij 65 BB61-S61-047 BB61-S61-047 264 Pump Gear Shaft (Driven) . 265 Shaft Sleeve...................' . 266 Drive Shaft ............................... 267 Bushing ........................................ 268 Set Screw .................................... 269 Bushing ........................................ 271 Crank Shaft Gear .................. 272 Pump Shaft Gear ...................... 273 Pump Gear (Driver).................. 274 Pump Gear (Driven).................. 2 25-J-545 17 BB61-S61-047 2 25-J-545 1 8 BB61-S61-047 2 25-J-545 ;10 BB61-S61-047 4 25-1-545 i 11 BB61-S61-047 8 25-1-545 I|1 16 BB61-S61-047 4 25-J-545 17 BB61-S61-047 2 25-J-546 4 BB61-S61-45 2 25-J-546 5 BB61-S61-45 2 25-1-546 6 BB61-S61-45 2 25-J-546 7 BB61-S61-048 278 Spindle Gland Packing Ring. 279 Retainer Ring Segment . . . 280 Key..................'"I'....................... 281 Spring ........................................ 282 Spindle Gland Packing Ring. 12 25-1-558 10 BB61-S61-063 96 25-J-558 ' 11 BB61-S6I-063 24- 25-1-558 12 BB61-S61-063 24 25-J-558 16 BB61-S6I-063 12 25-1-558 26 BB6I-S61-O63 285 Spindle Position Indicator 286 Contact Ball ........................... 287 Retainer .................................... 288 Spring ........................................ 289 Spindle ........................................ 290 Bushing ........................................ 1 25-1-561 1 25-1-561 2 25-J-561 1 25-1-561 1 25-J-561 4 BB61-S61-066 5 BB61-S61-066 6 BB6I-S6I-O66 7 BB61-S61-066 8 BB61-S61-066 (Shore Spares--See Note "B ", Page_530) 307 Blade (1st Rotating) . . . 308 Blade (Last)(1st Rotating). 309 Blade Stationary .................. 310 Blade (2nd Rotating) . . . 311 Blade (Last)(2nd Rotating). 83 25-J-510 2 25-J-510 27 25-1-510 71 25-J-510 2 25-J-510 2 BB61-S61-012 3 BB61-S61-012 4 BB61-S61-012 5 BB61-S61-012 6 BB61-S61-012 312 Pin (1st Rotating) .... 3 25-1-510 313 Pin (2nd Rotating) .... 3 25-J-510 314 Shroud Stock ........................... 12 Ft. 25-J-510 315 Blade Start Piece .................. 1 25-J-510 316 Blade Stop Piece .................. 1 25-J-510 7 BB61-S61-012 8 BB61-S61-012 11 BB61-S61-012 13 BB61-S61-012 14 BB6l-S6l-012 317 Screw (Flat Fll. Head) . . 2 25-1-510 318 Caulking Piece ...................... 168 25-J-510 319 Caulking Piece ...................... 44 25-J-510 320 Caulking Piece ...................... 384 25-J-510 321 Caulking Piece ...................... 88 25-J-510 15 BB6l-S6l-012 16 BB61-S61-012 17 BB61-S61-012 18 BB61-S61-012 19 BB6I-S61-012 322 Caulking Piece ...................... 323 Sealing Strip ........................... 28 25-J-510 2 25-1-510 20 BB61-S61-012 21 BB61-S61-012 527 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note "B", PageJiSQ.) Item No. (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See Pages_SLL to 522). No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Name of Piece Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Remarks 324 Sealing Strip ........................... 325 Sealing Strip ........................... 326 Lock Strip ............................... 331 Blade (1st Stage) .................. 332 Blade (Last)(1st Stage) . . 333 Shroud (1st Stage) . . . . 334 Shroud (lst Stage) . . . . 335 Blade (2nd Stage) .................. 336 Blade (Last) (2nd Stage) . 337 Shroud (2nd Stage) . . . . 338 Shroud (2nd Stage) . . . . 339 Blade (3rd Stage) .................. 340 Blade (Last)(3rd Stage) . . 341 Shroud (3rd Stage) . . . . 342 Shroud (3rd Stage) . . . . 1 25-J-510 1 25-J-510 4 25-J-510 153 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 24 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 153 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 2k 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 153 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 24 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 22 BB61-S61-012 23 BB61-S61-012 24 BB61-S61-012 2 BB6l-s6l-0l4 3 BB6l-S6l-0l4 4 BB6l-s6l-0l4 5 BB6l-S6l-0l4 6 BB6l-s6l-0l4 7 BB6l-S6l-0l4 8 BB6l-S6l-0l4 9 BB61-S61-014 10 BB61-S61-014 11 BB6l-s6l-0l4 12 BB6l-S6l-0l4 13 BB6l-S6l-0l4 343 Blade (4th Stage) .................. 344 Blade (Last)(4th Stage) . . 345 Shroud (4th Stage).................. 346 Shroud (4th Stage).................. 347 Blade (5th Stage) .................. 153 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 24 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 153 25-J-512 14 BB6l-S6l-0l4 15 BB6l-S6l-0l4 16 BB6l-S6l-0l4 17 BB61-S61-014 18 BB6l-S6l-0l4 348 Blade (Last)(5th Stage) . . 349 Shroud (5th Stage) . . . . 350 Shroud (5th Stage) . . . . 351 Blade (6th Stage) .................. 352 Blade (Last) (6th Stage). . 2 25-J-512 24 25-U-512 2 25-J-512 153 25-J-512 2 25-1-512 19 BB6l-S6l-0l4 20 BB61-S61-014 21 BB6l-S6l-0l4 22 BB6l-s6l-Ol4 23 BB61-S61-014 353 Shroud (6th Stage).................. 354 Shroud (6th Stage).................. 355 Blade (7th Stage) .................. 356 Blade (Last)(7th Stage) . . 357 Shroud (7th Stage) . . . . 24 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 153 25-J-512 2 25-J-512 24 25-J-512 24 BB6l-s6l-0l4 25 3B6l-S6l-0l4 26 BB6l-S6l-0l4 27 BB6l-S6l-0l4 28 BB6l-s6l-0l4 358 Shroud (7th Stage) . . . . 359 Blade (8th Stage) .................. 360 Blade (Last)(8th Stage) . . 361 Shroud (8th Stage) . . . . 362 Shroud (8th Stage) . . . . 2 25-J-512 125 25-J-512 2 25 -J-512 16 25-J-512 6 25-J-512 29 BB6l-S6l-0l4 30 BB6l-S6l-0l4 31 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 32 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 33 BB6l-S6l-0l4 ^63 Caulking Piece ...................... 150 25-J-512 364 Caulking Piece ...................... 1050 25-J-512 365 Shroud (3th Stage) . . . . 2 25-J-512 368 Blade Pin .................................... 16 25-U-513 369 Blade Pin .................................... 3 25-T-513 34 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 35 BB61-S61-014 36 BB6l-S6l-Ol4 1 BB61-S61-015 2 BB61-S61-015 372 Low Pressure Oil Alarm Contact-Maker ...................... 375 Nozzle Block Welding & Ass'y .................................... 376 Passage Unit ........................... 377 Starting Piece ...................... 378 Ending Piece ........................... 1 set 25-1-532 2 25-J-534 18 25-J-534 2 25-1-534 2 25 -J -534 1-35 Incl. BB61-S61-033 Assemble as One Cuu- 1 BB61-S61-035 5 BB61-S61-035 6 BB61-S6I-035 7 BB61-S61-035 379 Outer Ring Segment . . . . 380 Inner Ring Segment . . . . 381 Filler Piece ........................... 382 Filler Piece ........................... 383 End Bridge ............................... 2 25-1-534 2 25-J-534 2 25-J-534 2 25-1-534 2 25-J-534 8 BB61-S6I-035 9 BB61-S61-035 10 BB6I-S61-035 11 BB61-S61-035 12 BB61-S61-035 384 End Bridge ............................... 385 Intermediate Bridge . . . . 386 Filler Ring ............................... 387 Wedge ............................................ 2 25-J-534 13 BB6I-S61-035 8 25-r-534 14 BB61-S61-035 2 25-J-534 16 BB61-S61-035 60 25-J-534 17 BB61-S61-035 528 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note "B", PageJaM) Item No. (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See Pages_519_ to.522). No. D R A W I N G NUMBER Name of Piece Req. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship's Remarks 388 Locking Strip ...................... 389 Sealing Strip ...................... 390 Sealing Strip ...................... 391 Screw ........................................ 392 Screw ........................................ 4 25-J-534 2 25-J-534 2 25-J-534 18 25-J-534 4 25-J-534 18 BB61-S61-035 19 BB61-S61-035 20 BB61-S61-035 22 BB61-S61-035 23 BB61-S61-035 393 Welding Rod ........................... 394 Welding Rod ........................... 395 Welding Rod ........................... 397 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 398 Locking Strip (Half) . . 1 25-J-534 1 25-J-534 1 25-J-534 2 25-J-535 2 25-J-535 24 BB61-S61-035 25 BB61-S61-035 26 BB61-S61-035 11 BB6I-S6I-036 12 BB61-S61-036 400 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 401 Locking Strip (Half) . . 403 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 404 Locking Strip (Half) . . 405 Retainer Screw .................. 2. 25-J-536 2 25-J-536 2 25-T-537 2 25-J-537 2 25-1-537 15 BB61-S61-037 16 BB61-S61-037 15 BB6I-S6I-O38 16 BB61-S61-038 17 BB6I-S6I-038 4o6 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 407 Locking Strip (Half) . . 409 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 410 Locking Strip (Half) . . 412 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 2 25-J-538 2 25^1-538 2 25-539 2 25-J-539 2 25-J-54Q 15 BB61-S61-039 16 BB61-S61-039 15 BB61-S61-040 16 BB61-S61-040 15' BB61-S61-041 413 Locking Strip (Half) . . 415 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 4l6 Locking Strip (Half) . . 418 Sealing Strip (Half) . . 419 Locking Strip (Half) . . 2 25-J-540 2 25-J-54.1 2 25-J-541 2 25-j-542 2 25-J-542 16 BB61-S61-041 15 BB61-S61-042 16 BB61-S61-042 15 BB61-S61-043 16 BB61-S61-043 422 Pinion .................................... 423 Pinion Key ........................... 426 Relief Valve ...................... 429 Seal Strip Ring .................. 430 Seal Strip Ring .................. 431 Seal Strip Ring Segment . 432 Seal Strip Ring Segment . 433 Seal Strip Ring Segment . 1 25-J-550 10 BB61-S61-052 2 25-J-550 11 BB61-S61-052 1 25-J-551 1-21 BB61-S61-053 Assemble as Com Incl. plete Valve 8 25-J-552 2 BB61-S61-055 8 25-J-552 3 BB61-S61-055 8 25-J-552 4 BB61-S61-055 8 25-J-552 5 BB61-S61-055 8 25-J-552 6 BB61-S61-055 434 Seal Strip Ring Segment . 435 Spring .................................... 436 Seal Strip (Half) .... 437 Seal Strip (Quarter) . . 438 Seal Strip (Half) .... 8 25-J-552 32 25-J-552 24 25-J-552 48 25-J-552 24 25-J-552 7 bb6i-s61-055 9 bb6i-s61-055 10 BB61-S61-055 11 bb6i-s61-055 12 BB61-S61-055 439 Seal Strip (Quarter) . . 440 Caulking Strip (Half) . . 441 Caulking Strip (Quarter). 442 Seal Strip (Ring Segment) 443 Seal Strip (Ring Segment) 48 25-J-552 24 25-J-552 48 25-J-552 8 25-J-552 8 25-J-552 13 BB61-S61-055 14 BB61-S61-055 15 BB61-S61-055 16 BB61-S61-055 17 BB61-S61-055 444 Seal Strip (Ring Segment) 445 Seal Strip (Ring Segment) 448 Throttle Valve Assembly . 452 Steam Strainer .................. 453 Collar .................................... 8 25-J-552 18 bb6i-s61-055 8 25-J-552 19 BB61-S61-055 1 25-J-566 2-7 bb6i-s61-073 set 9-19 21-97 2 25-J-571 3 BB61-S61-071 4 25-J-571 4 BB61-S61-071 454 Gasket .................................... 455 Cross Bar ............................... 458 Sentinel Valve Body . . . 459 Bonnet .................................... 460 Lever ........................................ 2 25-1-571 2 25-J-571 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 7 BB61-S61-071 8 BB61-S71-071 1 BB61-S61-056 2 BB61-S61-056 4 BB61-S61-056 529 SPARE PARTS LIST FOR TURBINE AND REDUCTION GEAR (Shore Spares--See Note "B", Page .530) Item. No. (These Spares for BB-63 to 66 only. For Spares for BB-61 and 62 See PagesJiL to 522). Name of Piece No. DRAWING NUMBER Reg. Contractor Pc. Bureau Ship13 Remarks 461 462 46? 464 465 Spring .............................................. Disc..................................................... Spring Washer ............................... Bonnet Bushing .......................... Adjusting Screw .......................... 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 2 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 6 BB61-S61-056 8 BB6I-S6I-056 11 BB61-S61-056 12 BB6I-S6I-056 13 BB61-S61-056 466 Adjusting Screw Locknut . . 467 Stem................................................... 468 Disc Stem Ring.......................... 469 Seat Bushing............................... 470 Cap........................................................ 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 16 BB6I-S6I-056 18 BB61-S61-056 19 BB6I-S61-056 20 BB6I-S61-056 23 BB61-S6I-056 471 Stem Nuts......................................... 472 Lever Pin......................................... 473 Cap Set Screw............................... 474 Cotter Pin.................................... 475 Liquid Level Indicator . . 2 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-J-579 1 25-t .079 1 25-J-579 24 BB61-S6I-056 26 BB61-S6I-056 40 BB61-S61-056 43 BB61-S61-056 50 BB61-S61-056 478 Relief Valve Oil Line Cap . 479 Adjusting Screw .......................... 480 Locknut .............................................. 481 Gasket ............................................. 482 Spring Step.................................... 1 25-J-580 l 25-J-580 1 25-J-580 1 25-J-580 2 25-J-580 1 BB61-S61-054 2 BB61-S61-054 3 BB61-S61-054 4 BB61-S61-054 5 BB61-S61-054 483 484 485 486 487 Spring .............................................. Cover................................................... Stem................................................... Name Plate.................................... Star................................................... 1 25-J-580 1 25-j-580 1 25-J-580 1 25-J-580 1 25-J-580 6 BB61-S61-054 7 BB61-S61-054 8 BB61-S61-054 9 BB61-S61-054 10 BB61-S61-054 488 489 490 491 Sleeve ............................................. Body................................... '. . . Gasket ............................................. Drive Screw.................................... 1 25-J-580 1 25^1-580 1 25-J-580 2 25-J-580 11 BB61-S61-054 12 BB61-S61-054 13 BB61-S61-054 14 BB61-S61-054 NOTE "A" Quantities Indicated In Required Columns For Ship Spares Are Sufficient For One Set. One Set Furnished Per Ship. NOTE "B" Quantities Indicated In Required Columns For Shore Spares Are Sufficient For One Set. 2 Sets Furnished For Contract No. 70862. NOTE "C" Assemble One Set of Items 130, 131, 133, 135, 136, 137, 139 to 147 Incl. And 177 to 182 Incl. Per Ship. NOTE "D" Assemble One Set of Items 132, 149 to 173 And 176 Per Ship. NOTE "E" Assemble Four Sets of Items 154, 155, 160 And 169 Per Ship. 530 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS . \ Description Page' . ILLUSTRATIONS, DRAWINGS .AMD DIAGRAMS, 1 ...... - \ Turbine, Reduction Gear and Auxiliaries. . . T-l to T-33'A-C. Generator and D-C. Exciter. .................... G-l to G-6 Automatic Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . R-l to R-4 ' " * . .For Detailed Titles See List of Illustrations .... 6 h- r; '.V~; -`V'T .\y rKw %.:A' i* i I ') ) OVERBLOWN DOCUMENTS WITHIN THE CONTENT OF THIS EXHIBIT ARE NOT IMAGED